[go: up one dir, main page]

CN115362234A - optical stack - Google Patents

optical stack Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN115362234A
CN115362234A CN202180025907.1A CN202180025907A CN115362234A CN 115362234 A CN115362234 A CN 115362234A CN 202180025907 A CN202180025907 A CN 202180025907A CN 115362234 A CN115362234 A CN 115362234A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
weight
meth
adhesive layer
acrylate
layer
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
CN202180025907.1A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN115362234B (en
Inventor
真田加纱音
家原惠太
浅井量子
仲野武史
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nitto Denko Corp
Original Assignee
Nitto Denko Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nitto Denko Corp filed Critical Nitto Denko Corp
Publication of CN115362234A publication Critical patent/CN115362234A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN115362234B publication Critical patent/CN115362234B/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • C09J7/381Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA] based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C09J7/385Acrylic polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D201/00Coating compositions based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • C09D5/006Anti-reflective coatings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • C09D5/04Thixotropic paints
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/43Thickening agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/60Additives non-macromolecular
    • C09D7/61Additives non-macromolecular inorganic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/60Additives non-macromolecular
    • C09D7/63Additives non-macromolecular organic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/02Non-macromolecular additives
    • C09J11/04Non-macromolecular additives inorganic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/02Non-macromolecular additives
    • C09J11/06Non-macromolecular additives organic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J133/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J4/00Adhesives based on organic non-macromolecular compounds having at least one polymerisable carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bond ; adhesives, based on monomers of macromolecular compounds of groups C09J183/00 - C09J183/16
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • C09J7/29Laminated material
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/11Anti-reflection coatings
    • G02B1/111Anti-reflection coatings using layers comprising organic materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/02Diffusing elements; Afocal elements
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/30Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier
    • C09J2301/312Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier parameters being the characterizing feature

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Optical Elements Other Than Lenses (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Surface Treatment Of Optical Elements (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

The invention aims to reduce the number of processes and necessary components in the manufacturing process of a self-luminous display device such as a Mini/Micro LED display device with improved anti-reflection function, anti-glare function and contrast. The optical laminate (10) of the present invention comprises a substrate (1) and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (2) containing a colorant. The substrate (1) is provided with an antireflection treatment and/or an antiglare treatment (3) on one surface (1 a). The antireflection treatment and/or the antiglare treatment (3) is preferably an antiglare layer. The optical laminate (10) of the present invention is formed by laminating an adhesive layer (2) on the surface (1 b) of a substrate (1) on the side not subjected to an antireflection treatment and/or an antiglare treatment.

Description

光学层叠体optical stack

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及适于封装Mini/Micro LED等自发光型显示装置的发光元件的光学层叠体。The present invention relates to an optical laminate suitable for encapsulating light-emitting elements of self-luminous display devices such as Mini/Micro LEDs.

背景技术Background technique

近年来,作为下一代的显示装置,设计了以Mini/Micro LED显示装置(Mini/MicroLight Emitting Diode Display、迷你/微型发光二极管显示装置)为代表的自发光型显示装置。Mini/Micro LED显示装置作为基本构成,使用高密度排列有多个微小的LED发光元件(LED芯片)的基板作为显示面板,该LED芯片用封装材料进行封装,并在最表层层叠树脂薄膜、玻璃板等覆盖构件。In recent years, self-luminous display devices represented by Mini/Micro LED display devices (Mini/MicroLight Emitting Diode Display, Mini/Micro Light Emitting Diode Display devices) have been designed as next-generation display devices. The Mini/Micro LED display device is basically composed of a substrate on which many tiny LED light-emitting elements (LED chips) are arranged at a high density as a display panel. Covering components such as panels.

Mini/Micro LED显示装置等自发光型显示装置有白色背光方式、白色发光滤色片方式、RGB方式等几种方式,而在白色发光滤色片方式、RGB方式中,为了防止在显示面板的基板上配置的金属布线、ITO等金属氧化物等的反射,有时会使用黑色的封装材料(例如参见专利文献1~3)。当中,排列有LED芯片的RGB方式的Mini/Micro LED显示装置中,上述黑色封装材料还可以有助于防止RGB的混色、提高对比度。There are several types of self-luminous display devices such as Mini/Micro LED display devices, such as white backlight method, white light-emitting color filter method, and RGB method. In the white light-emitting color filter method and RGB method, in order to prevent the For the reflection of metal wiring arranged on the substrate, metal oxides such as ITO, etc., a black packaging material may be used (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3). Among them, in the RGB-type Mini/Micro LED display device in which LED chips are arranged, the above-mentioned black packaging material can also help prevent RGB color mixing and improve contrast.

现有技术文献prior art literature

专利文献patent documents

专利文献1:日本特开2019-204905号公报Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-204905

专利文献2:日本特开2017-203810号公报Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-203810

专利文献3:日本特表2018-523854号公报Patent Document 3: Japanese PCT Publication No. 2018-523854

发明内容Contents of the invention

发明要解决的问题The problem to be solved by the invention

作为前述黑色封装材料,正在使用包含黑色着色剂(染料、颜料)的液态固化性树脂、粘合剂。在使用包含黑色着色剂的液态固化性树脂的情况下,存在因厚度不均而使黑度产生不均的问题。此外,与染料相比,颜料由于耐热性和耐候性均优异而多被选定,但在使用分散有颜料的液态固化性树脂的情况下,在上述厚度不均的基础上,还会发生液态固化性树脂填充时的填充不均、在流动时产生颜料的分散不均等问题。此外,由于封装后固化了的液态固化性树脂的表面没有密合力,进而,需要使用粘接剂等来层叠覆盖构件,还存在需要更多的工时、构件的问题。Liquid curable resins and binders containing black colorants (dye, pigment) are used as the black sealing material. In the case of using a liquid curable resin containing a black colorant, there is a problem that unevenness in blackness occurs due to unevenness in thickness. In addition, compared with dyes, pigments are often selected due to their excellent heat resistance and weather resistance. However, in the case of using a liquid curable resin in which pigments are dispersed, in addition to the above-mentioned thickness unevenness, there may also occur Problems such as uneven filling when liquid curable resin is filled, and uneven dispersion of pigments during flow. In addition, since the surface of the cured liquid curable resin has no adhesive force after sealing, it is necessary to laminate the covering member using an adhesive or the like, and there is a problem that more man-hours and members are required.

本发明是基于以上这种情况而想到的,本发明的目的在于,在提高了防反射功能和/或防眩光功能、对比度的Mini/Micro LED显示装置等自发光型显示装置的制造工序中削减工序数量、必要构件。The present invention is conceived on the basis of the above situation, and the purpose of the present invention is to reduce the production process of self-luminous display devices such as Mini/Micro LED display devices with improved anti-reflection function and/or anti-glare function and contrast. The number of processes and necessary components.

用于解决问题的方案solutions to problems

本发明人等为了实现前述目的而进行了深入研究,结果发现,通过将单面进行了防反射处理和/或防眩光处理的基材与包含着色剂的粘合剂层层叠而得的光学层叠体用于制造自发光型显示装置,可以削减工序数量、必要构件,能够高效地制造提高了防反射功能和/或防眩光功能、对比度的自发光型显示装置。本发明是基于这些认识而完成的。As a result of earnest studies by the present inventors to achieve the aforementioned object, it has been found that an optical laminate obtained by laminating a base material subjected to antireflection treatment and/or antiglare treatment on one side and an adhesive layer containing a colorant The body is used to manufacture a self-luminous display device, which can reduce the number of steps and necessary components, and can efficiently manufacture a self-luminous display device with improved anti-reflection function and/or anti-glare function and contrast. The present invention has been accomplished based on these findings.

即,本发明的第一方面提供一种光学层叠体,所述光学层叠体包括基材、以及包含着色剂的粘合剂层,前述基材的单面进行了防反射处理和/或防眩光处理,在前述基材的未进行前述防反射处理和/或防眩光处理的一侧的面上层叠有前述粘合剂层。通过将本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体用于制造自发光型显示装置,前述粘合剂层成为对排列在显示面板上的发光元件进行封装的封装材料,基材构成最表层的覆盖构件,因此无需在封装后另行层叠覆盖构件,能够削减工序数量、必要构件,制造效率提高。That is, the first aspect of the present invention provides an optical laminate comprising a base material and an adhesive layer containing a colorant, wherein one side of the base material is subjected to antireflection treatment and/or antiglare treatment. treatment, the adhesive layer is laminated on the surface of the substrate that is not subjected to the anti-reflection treatment and/or anti-glare treatment. By using the optical laminate according to the first aspect of the present invention for the production of a self-luminous display device, the adhesive layer becomes an encapsulating material for encapsulating light-emitting elements arranged on the display panel, and the base material constitutes the outermost covering member. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately laminate the covering member after packaging, the number of steps and necessary members can be reduced, and the manufacturing efficiency can be improved.

此外,前述粘合剂层包含着色剂的方案出于下述理由是适宜的:在自发光型显示装置的制造中用前述粘合剂层对发光元件进行封装时,不易产生前述的由厚度不均、填充不均、颜料的分散不均等导致的黑色度不均,进而,能够防止金属布线等的反射、防止RGB的混色、提高对比度。In addition, the solution that the aforementioned adhesive layer contains a colorant is suitable for the following reason: when the aforementioned adhesive layer is used to encapsulate the light-emitting element in the manufacture of a self-luminous display device, the aforementioned problem caused by the difference in thickness is unlikely to occur. Black level unevenness caused by uniformity, filling unevenness, uneven pigment dispersion, etc. can prevent reflection of metal wiring, etc., prevent RGB color mixing, and improve contrast.

进而,基材的单面进行了防反射处理和/或防眩光处理的方案在下述方面是优选的:防止由外部光线的反射、影像反射等导致的辨识性降低,调节光泽度等美观性。Furthermore, antireflection treatment and/or antiglare treatment on one side of the base material is preferable in order to prevent deterioration of visibility due to reflection of external light, image reflection, etc., and to adjust aesthetics such as glossiness.

在本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体中,优选的是,前述粘合剂层为由含有聚合物、光聚合性化合物、光聚合引发剂以及着色剂的光固化性粘合剂组合物形成的粘合剂层。优选的是,前述着色剂的波长330~400nm的透过率的最大值大于波长400~700nm的透过率的最大值。优选的是,前述光聚合引发剂在波长330~400nm的范围具有至少1个最大吸收。优选的是,前述光学层叠体在350nm~450nm具有透过率的极大值。优选的是,前述粘合剂层的总透光率为80%以下。优选的是,前述粘合剂层的厚度为10~500μm。这些方案在下述方面是优选的:在前述粘合剂层中,在可见光区域具有足够的遮光性的同时,能够赋予基于紫外线照射的光固化性。In the optical laminate according to the first aspect of the present invention, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably formed of a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a polymer, a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a colorant. adhesive layer. It is preferable that the maximum value of the transmittance of the wavelength 330-400nm of the said coloring agent is larger than the maximum value of the transmittance of the wavelength 400-700nm. It is preferable that the said photoinitiator has at least one maximum absorption in the wavelength range of 330-400 nm. Preferably, the optical layered body has a maximum value of transmittance at 350 nm to 450 nm. Preferably, the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 80% or less. Preferably, the adhesive layer has a thickness of 10 to 500 μm. These aspects are preferable in that photocurability by ultraviolet irradiation can be imparted to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer while having sufficient light-shielding properties in the visible light region.

在本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体中,优选的是,前述聚合物为丙烯酸类聚合物。优选的是,前述聚合物的玻璃化转变温度为0℃以下。优选的是,前述粘合剂层在温度85℃下的剪切储能模量为3~300kPa。这些方案在下述方面是优选的:在将本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体用于制造自发光型显示装置时,前述粘合剂层无间隙地填充于排列在显示面板上的发光元件的高度差,高度差吸收性优异。In the optical laminated body of the first aspect of the present invention, it is preferable that the aforementioned polymer is an acrylic polymer. Preferably, the aforementioned polymer has a glass transition temperature of 0°C or lower. Preferably, the shear storage modulus of the aforementioned adhesive layer at a temperature of 85° C. is 3 to 300 kPa. These aspects are preferable in that when the optical laminate of the first aspect of the present invention is used to manufacture a self-luminous display device, the aforementioned adhesive layer fills gaps between the light-emitting elements arranged on the display panel. Excellent height difference absorbency.

在本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体中,优选的是前述光固化性粘合剂组合物还包含能够与前述聚合物交联的交联剂。优选的是,前述粘合剂层在温度25℃下的剪切储能模量为10~1000kPa。这些方案在能够提高前述粘合剂层的加工性和粘接可靠性的方面是优选的。In the optical laminate of the first aspect of the present invention, it is preferable that the aforementioned photocurable adhesive composition further contains a crosslinking agent capable of crosslinking with the aforementioned polymer. Preferably, the shear storage modulus of the aforementioned adhesive layer at a temperature of 25° C. is 10 to 1000 kPa. These aspects are preferable in that the processability and bonding reliability of the aforementioned pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be improved.

在本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体中,优选的是,前述防反射处理和/或防眩光处理为在前述基材的单面设置的防眩光层。优选的是,前述防眩光层使用包含树脂、颗粒和触变赋予剂的防眩光层形成材料来形成,前述防眩光层通过前述颗粒和前述触变赋予剂发生聚集,从而在前述防眩光层的表面具有形成凸状部的聚集部。优选的是,在前述防眩光层表面的凸状部,平均倾角θa(°)为0.1~5.0的范围。这些方案在下述方面是优选的:对本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体的表面赋予防反射功能和/或防眩光功能,防止由外部光线的反射、影像反射等导致的辨识性降低,或调节光泽度等美观性。In the optical laminate according to the first aspect of the present invention, it is preferable that the antireflection treatment and/or the antiglare treatment is an antiglare layer provided on one surface of the substrate. Preferably, the aforementioned anti-glare layer is formed using an anti-glare layer forming material comprising a resin, particles, and a thixotropy-imparting agent, and the aforementioned anti-glare layer is aggregated by the aforementioned particles and the aforementioned thixotropy-imparting agent, so that The surface has aggregates forming convex portions. Preferably, the convex portion on the surface of the anti-glare layer has an average inclination angle θa (°) in the range of 0.1 to 5.0. These aspects are preferable in that an antireflection function and/or an antiglare function are imparted to the surface of the optical layered body of the first aspect of the present invention, and that a decrease in visibility due to reflection of external light, image reflection, etc. is prevented, or adjustment is made. Aesthetics such as gloss.

本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体可以进一步在前述基材的进行了防反射处理和/或防眩光处理的面层叠有表面保护薄膜。该方案在下述方面是适宜的:在前述光学层叠体、包括其的光学产品的制造、输送、出货时防止损伤、污物附着。In the optical laminate according to the first aspect of the present invention, a surface protection film may be further laminated on the surface of the base material that has been subjected to antireflection treatment and/or antiglare treatment. This aspect is suitable in order to prevent damage and dirt adhesion at the time of manufacture, transportation, and shipment of the said optical laminated body and the optical product containing it.

此外,本发明的第二方面提供一种自发光型显示装置,所述自发光型显示装置包括:在基板的单面排列有多个发光元件的显示面板、以及本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体,前述显示面板的排列有发光元件的面与前述光学层叠体的粘合剂层层叠。在本发明的第二方面的自发光型显示装置中,前述显示面板可以是在基板的单面排列有多个LED芯片的LED面板。该方案在下述方面是优选的:本发明的第二方面的自发光型显示装置能够防止基板上的金属布线等的反射、防止RGB的混色、提高对比度,防止由外部光线的反射、影像反射等导致的辨识性降低,或调节光泽度等美观性。In addition, the second aspect of the present invention provides a self-luminous display device, the self-luminous display device includes: a display panel in which a plurality of light-emitting elements are arranged on a single surface of a substrate, and the optical display device of the first aspect of the present invention. In the laminated body, the surface of the display panel on which the light-emitting elements are arranged is laminated on the adhesive layer of the optical laminated body. In the self-luminous display device according to the second aspect of the present invention, the display panel may be an LED panel in which a plurality of LED chips are arranged on one side of a substrate. This solution is preferable in the following aspects: the self-luminous display device of the second aspect of the present invention can prevent reflection of metal wiring on the substrate, prevent RGB color mixing, improve contrast, and prevent reflection by external light, image reflection, etc. The resulting reduction in visibility, or the adjustment of gloss and other aesthetics.

发明的效果The effect of the invention

通过将本发明的光学层叠体用于制造自发光型显示装置,可以削减工序数量、必要构件,能够高效地制造提高了防反射功能和/或防眩光功能、对比度的自发光型显示装置。By using the optical laminate of the present invention to produce a self-luminous display device, the number of steps and necessary components can be reduced, and a self-luminous display device with improved antireflection function, anti-glare function and contrast can be efficiently produced.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是示出本发明的光学层叠体的一个实施方式的示意图(剖视图)。FIG. 1 is a schematic view (sectional view) showing one embodiment of the optical laminate of the present invention.

图2是示出本发明的光学层叠体的另一个实施方式的示意图(剖视图)。FIG. 2 is a schematic view (sectional view) showing another embodiment of the optical laminate of the present invention.

图3是示出本发明的自发光型显示装置(Mini/Micro LED显示装置)的一个实施方式的示意图(剖视图)。3 is a schematic diagram (sectional view) showing an embodiment of a self-luminous display device (Mini/Micro LED display device) of the present invention.

图4是示出本发明的自发光型显示装置(Mini/Micro LED显示装置)的另一个实施方式的示意图(剖视图)。4 is a schematic diagram (sectional view) showing another embodiment of the self-luminous display device (Mini/Micro LED display device) of the present invention.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体为包括基材、以及包含着色剂的粘合剂层的光学层叠体,前述基材的单面进行了防反射处理和/或防眩光处理,在前述基材的未进行前述防反射处理和/或防眩光处理的一侧的面上层叠有前述粘合剂层。The optical laminated body according to the first aspect of the present invention is an optical laminated body including a substrate and an adhesive layer containing a colorant, wherein one side of the substrate is subjected to antireflection treatment and/or antiglare treatment, and The aforementioned adhesive layer is laminated on the side of the material that is not subjected to the aforementioned anti-reflection treatment and/or anti-glare treatment.

本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体中的“光学”是指在光学用途中使用,更具体而言,是指在使用光学构件的产品(光学产品)的制造等中使用。作为光学产品,例如可列举出图像显示装置、触摸屏等输入装置等,优选为Mini/Micro LED显示装置、有机EL(电致发光)显示装置等自发光型显示装置,特别是可以适宜地用于制造Mini/Micro LED显示装置。"Optics" in the optical layered body of the first aspect of the present invention means use for optical applications, more specifically means use for manufacture of products (optical products) using optical members, and the like. As an optical product, for example, input devices such as image display devices and touch screens, etc., are preferably self-luminous display devices such as Mini/Micro LED display devices and organic EL (electroluminescence) display devices, and can be suitably used in particular. Manufacture of Mini/Micro LED display devices.

以下,关联附图对本发明的实施方式进行说明,但本发明并不限定于此,仅仅是例示。Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings, but the present invention is not limited thereto and is merely an illustration.

图1是示出本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体的一个实施方式的示意图(剖视图)。FIG. 1 is a schematic view (sectional view) showing one embodiment of an optical laminate according to the first aspect of the present invention.

在本实施方式中,光学层叠体10包括基材1、以及包含着色剂的粘合剂层2。基材1的单面1a实施了防反射处理和/或防眩光处理3。在基材1的未进行防反射处理和/或防眩光处理的一侧的面1b上层叠有粘合剂层2。In this embodiment, an optical laminate 10 includes a substrate 1 and an adhesive layer 2 containing a colorant. One side 1a of the substrate 1 is subjected to antireflection treatment and/or antiglare treatment 3 . An adhesive layer 2 is laminated on the surface 1 b of the substrate 1 that is not subjected to antireflection treatment and/or antiglare treatment.

<基材><Substrate>

在本实施方式中,对基材1没有特别限制,例如可列举出玻璃、透明塑料薄膜基材等。对前述透明塑料薄膜基材没有特别限制,优选可见光的透光率优异(优选透光率为90%以上)、透明性优异的基材(优选雾度值5%以下的基材),例如可列举出日本特开2008-90263号公报中记载的透明塑料薄膜基材。作为前述透明塑料薄膜基材,可适宜地使用光学上双折射少的基材。在本实施方式中基材1例如也可以作为自发光型显示装置的覆盖构件使用,在该情况下,作为前述透明塑料薄膜基材,优选由三乙酰纤维素(TAC)、聚碳酸酯、丙烯酸类聚合物、具有环状或降冰片烯结构的聚烯烃等形成的薄膜。此外,在本实施方式中基材1可以是前述覆盖构件自身。如果为这种方案,则能够在自发光型显示装置的制造中削减另行层叠覆盖构件的工序,因此减少工序数量、必要构件,可实现生产效率的提高。此外,如果为这种方案,则能够使前述覆盖构件进一步薄层化。需要说明的是,在基材1为覆盖构件的情况下,进行了防反射处理和/或防眩光处理的面1a构成自发光型显示装置的最表面,发挥下述作用:防止由外部光线的反射、影像反射等导致的辨识性降低,调节光泽度等美观性。In this embodiment, the substrate 1 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include glass, transparent plastic film substrates, and the like. The aforementioned transparent plastic film substrate is not particularly limited, preferably a substrate with excellent visible light transmittance (preferably more than 90% transmittance) and excellent transparency (preferably a substrate with a haze value of 5% or less), for example, The transparent plastic film base material described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2008-90263 is mentioned. As the above-mentioned transparent plastic film substrate, a substrate with little optical birefringence can be suitably used. In this embodiment, the substrate 1 can also be used, for example, as a covering member of a self-luminous display device. In this case, as the aforementioned transparent plastic film substrate, it is preferably made of triacetyl cellulose (TAC), polycarbonate, acrylic acid, etc. Films formed from polymers, polyolefins with cyclic or norbornene structures, etc. In addition, the base material 1 may be the aforementioned covering member itself in the present embodiment. According to such a configuration, the process of separately laminating the covering member can be eliminated in the manufacture of the self-luminous display device, so that the number of steps and necessary members can be reduced, and the production efficiency can be improved. In addition, according to such a configuration, the aforementioned covering member can be further thinned. It should be noted that, when the base material 1 is a covering member, the surface 1a that has been subjected to anti-reflection treatment and/or anti-glare treatment constitutes the outermost surface of the self-illuminating display device, and plays the following role: preventing the reflection caused by external light. Reduce visibility due to reflection, image reflection, etc., and adjust gloss and other aesthetics.

在本实施方式中,对基材1的厚度没有特别限制,例如考虑到强度、操作性等作业性及薄层性等方面时,优选为10~500μm的范围,更优选为20~300μm的范围,最宜为30~200μm的范围。对前述基材1的折射率没有特别限制,例如为1.30~1.80的范围,优选为1.40~1.70的范围。对基材1的可见光透过率没有特别限定,例如为85~100%,可以为88%以上、90%以上或92%以上。In the present embodiment, the thickness of the base material 1 is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 500 μm, and more preferably in the range of 20 to 300 μm, in consideration of, for example, workability such as strength and handleability, and thin layer properties. , the optimum range is 30-200 μm. The refractive index of the substrate 1 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, in the range of 1.30 to 1.80, preferably in the range of 1.40 to 1.70. The visible light transmittance of the substrate 1 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 85 to 100%, and may be 88% or more, 90% or more, or 92% or more.

在本实施方式中,作为对基材1的单面1a实施的防反射处理,可以没有特别限定地使用公知的防反射处理,例如可列举出防反射(AR)处理。In the present embodiment, as the antireflection treatment performed on the single surface 1 a of the substrate 1 , known antireflection treatments can be used without particular limitation, and examples include antireflection (AR) treatment.

作为前述防反射(AR)处理,可以没有特别限制地应用公知的AR处理,具体而言,可以通过在基材1的单面1a上形成将两层以上的严格控制了厚度及折射率的光学薄膜或前述光学薄膜层叠而得的防反射层(AR层)来实施。前述AR层通过利用光的干涉效果使入射光与反射光的逆转的位相相互抵消来表现出防反射功能。表现出防反射功能的可见光线的波长区域例如为380~780nm,特别是视感度高的波长区域为450~650nm的范围,优选以使其中心波长的550nm的反射率最小的方式设计AR层。As the aforementioned anti-reflection (AR) treatment, known AR treatment can be applied without particular limitation. Specifically, two or more layers of optical elements whose thickness and refractive index are strictly controlled can be formed on one side 1a of the substrate 1. film or an anti-reflection layer (AR layer) obtained by laminating the aforementioned optical films. The aforementioned AR layer exhibits an anti-reflection function by making use of the interference effect of light to cancel out phase reversals of incident light and reflected light. The wavelength region of visible light exhibiting antireflection function is, for example, 380-780nm, especially the wavelength region with high visual sensitivity is in the range of 450-650nm. It is preferable to design the AR layer so that the reflectance of its central wavelength of 550nm is minimized.

作为前述AR层,一般可列举出层叠有两层乃至五层光学薄层(严格控制了厚度及折射率的薄膜)的结构的多层防反射层,通过将折射率不同的成分仅以规定的厚度形成多层,使得AR层的光学设计的自由度提升,能够进一步提高防反射效果,还可以使分光反射特性在可见光区域均匀(flat)。在前述光学薄膜中,由于要求具有高的厚度精度,因此各层的形成一般用属于干法的真空蒸镀、溅射、CVD等来实施。As the aforementioned AR layer, generally, a multilayer antireflection layer having a structure of laminating two to five optically thin layers (thin films with strictly controlled thickness and refractive index) can be mentioned. Forming multiple layers in thickness improves the freedom of optical design of the AR layer, further improves the anti-reflection effect, and makes the spectroscopic reflection characteristics uniform (flat) in the visible light region. In the aforementioned optical thin film, since high thickness accuracy is required, the formation of each layer is generally carried out by vacuum evaporation, sputtering, CVD, etc. which are dry methods.

作为前述防眩光(AG)处理,可以没有特别限制地应用公知的AG处理,例如可以通过在基材1的单面1a上形成防眩光层来实施。图2是示出本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体的另一个实施方式的示意图(剖视图)。在本实施方式的光学层叠体11中,在基材1的单面1a上形成有防眩光层3a。作为前述防眩光层3a,可以没有限制地采用公知的防眩光层,一般形成为在树脂中分散有作为防眩光剂的无机或有机的颗粒的层。As the aforementioned anti-glare (AG) treatment, known AG treatment can be applied without particular limitation, and can be performed, for example, by forming an anti-glare layer on one side 1 a of the substrate 1 . Fig. 2 is a schematic view (sectional view) showing another embodiment of the optical laminate according to the first aspect of the present invention. In the optical laminate 11 of the present embodiment, the antiglare layer 3 a is formed on one surface 1 a of the substrate 1 . As the anti-glare layer 3a, a known anti-glare layer can be used without limitation, and it is generally formed as a layer in which inorganic or organic particles as an anti-glare agent are dispersed in a resin.

在本实施方式中,防眩光层3a使用包含树脂、颗粒及触变赋予剂的防眩光层形成材料来形成,通过前述颗粒及前述触变赋予剂发生聚集,从而在前述防眩光层3a的表面形成凸状部。根据该方案,防眩光层3a具有兼顾了防眩光性和防止白色模糊的优异的显示特性,并且尽管利用了颗粒的聚集来形成防眩光层,但能够防止成为外观缺陷的防眩光层表面的突起状物的产生,提高产品的成品率。In this embodiment, the anti-glare layer 3a is formed using an anti-glare layer forming material including resin, particles, and a thixotropy-imparting agent. When the particles and the thixotropy-imparting agent are aggregated, the anti-glare layer 3a is formed on the surface of the anti-glare layer 3a. A convex portion is formed. According to this aspect, the anti-glare layer 3a has excellent display characteristics in which both anti-glare and white blur are prevented, and although the anti-glare layer is formed by the aggregation of particles, it is possible to prevent protrusions on the surface of the anti-glare layer that become defects in appearance. The generation of solids improves the yield of products.

前述树脂例如可列举出:热固性树脂,用紫外线、光进行固化的电离辐射固化性树脂。作为前述树脂,也可以使用市售的热固化型树脂、紫外线固化型树脂等。Examples of the aforementioned resin include thermosetting resins and ionizing radiation curable resins that are cured by ultraviolet rays or light. As the aforementioned resin, commercially available thermosetting resins, ultraviolet curable resins, and the like can also be used.

作为前述热固化型树脂、紫外线固化型树脂,例如可以使用利用热量、光(紫外线等)或电子射线等进行固化的具有丙烯酸酯基及甲基丙烯酸酯基中的至少一种基团的固化型化合物,例如可列举出:有机硅树脂、聚酯树脂、聚醚树脂、环氧树脂、氨基甲酸酯树脂、醇酸树脂、螺缩醛树脂、聚丁二烯树脂、聚硫醇多烯树脂、多元醇等多官能化合物的丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯等低聚物或预聚物等。这些可以单独使用1种,也可以并用2种以上。As the above-mentioned thermosetting resin and ultraviolet curable resin, for example, a curable resin having at least one of an acrylate group and a methacrylate group that is cured by heat, light (ultraviolet rays, etc.) or electron beams, can be used. Compounds include, for example, silicone resins, polyester resins, polyether resins, epoxy resins, urethane resins, alkyd resins, spiroacetal resins, polybutadiene resins, polythiol polyene resins Oligomers or prepolymers of polyfunctional compounds such as acrylates and methacrylates, polyols, etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

在前述树脂中例如也可以使用具有丙烯酸酯基及甲基丙烯酸酯基中的至少一种基团的反应性稀释剂。前述反应性稀释剂例如可以使用日本特开2008-88309号公报中记载的反应性稀释剂,包括例如单官能丙烯酸酯、单官能甲基丙烯酸酯、多官能丙烯酸酯、多官能甲基丙烯酸酯等。作为前述反应性稀释剂,优选3官能以上的丙烯酸酯、3官能以上的甲基丙烯酸酯。这是由于可以使防眩光层3a的硬度优异。作为前述反应性稀释剂,例如还可列举出:丁二醇甘油醚二丙烯酸酯、异氰脲酸的丙烯酸酯、异氰脲酸的甲基丙烯酸酯等。这些可以单独使用1种,也可以并用2种以上。A reactive diluent having at least one of an acrylate group and a methacrylate group, for example, may also be used in the aforementioned resin. The aforementioned reactive diluent, for example, can use the reactive diluent described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-88309, including, for example, monofunctional acrylate, monofunctional methacrylate, polyfunctional acrylate, polyfunctional methacrylate, etc. . As the reactive diluent, trifunctional or higher acrylates and trifunctional or higher methacrylates are preferable. This is because the hardness of the anti-glare layer 3a can be made excellent. Examples of the reactive diluent include butylene glycol glyceryl ether diacrylate, acrylate of isocyanuric acid, methacrylate of isocyanuric acid, and the like. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

用于形成防眩光层3a的颗粒以使所形成的防眩光层3a的表面为凹凸形状来赋予防眩光性并且控制防眩光层3a的雾度值作为主要的功能。防眩光层3a的雾度值可以通过控制前述颗粒与前述树脂的折射率差来进行设计。作为前述颗粒,例如有无机颗粒和有机颗粒。对前述无机颗粒没有特别限制,例如可列举出:氧化硅颗粒、氧化钛颗粒、氧化铝颗粒、氧化锌颗粒、氧化锡颗粒、碳酸钙颗粒、硫酸钡颗粒、滑石颗粒、高岭土颗粒、硫酸钙颗粒等。此外,对前述有机颗粒没有特别限制,例如可列举出:聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯树脂粉末(PMMA微粒)、有机硅树脂粉末、聚苯乙烯树脂粉末、聚碳酸酯树脂粉末、丙烯酸苯乙烯树脂(acrylicstyrene resin)粉末、苯并胍胺树脂粉末、三聚氰胺树脂粉末、聚烯烃树脂粉末、聚酯树脂粉末、聚酰胺树脂粉末、聚酰亚胺树脂粉末、聚氟乙烯树脂粉末等。这些无机颗粒和有机颗粒可以单独使用一种,也可以并用两种以上。The particles used to form the anti-glare layer 3 a have the main functions of imparting anti-glare properties and controlling the haze value of the anti-glare layer 3 a by making the surface of the formed anti-glare layer 3 a concavo-convex. The haze value of the anti-glare layer 3a can be designed by controlling the refractive index difference between the aforementioned particles and the aforementioned resin. As the aforementioned particles, there are, for example, inorganic particles and organic particles. The aforementioned inorganic particles are not particularly limited, and examples include: silicon oxide particles, titanium oxide particles, aluminum oxide particles, zinc oxide particles, tin oxide particles, calcium carbonate particles, barium sulfate particles, talc particles, kaolin particles, calcium sulfate particles Wait. In addition, the aforementioned organic particles are not particularly limited, for example, polymethyl methacrylate resin powder (PMMA microparticles), silicone resin powder, polystyrene resin powder, polycarbonate resin powder, acrylic styrene resin ( acrylicstyrene resin) powder, benzoguanamine resin powder, melamine resin powder, polyolefin resin powder, polyester resin powder, polyamide resin powder, polyimide resin powder, polyvinyl fluoride resin powder, etc. These inorganic particles and organic particles may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

前述颗粒的重量平均粒径(D)优选为2.5~10μm的范围内。通过使前述颗粒的重量平均粒径为前述范围,使得例如防眩光性更优异,且能够防止白色模糊。前述颗粒的重量平均粒径更优选为3~7μm的范围内。需要说明的是,前述颗粒的重量平均粒径例如可以利用库尔特计数法进行测定。例如,通过使用利用了细孔电阻法的粒度分布测定装置(商品名:库尔特粒度分析仪、Beckman Coulter,Inc.制造)测定颗粒通过前述细孔时与颗粒的体积相当的电解液的电阻,从而测定前述颗粒的数量和体积,算出重量平均粒径。It is preferable that the weight average particle diameter (D) of the said particle exists in the range of 2.5-10 micrometers. By making the weight average particle diameter of the said particle|grains into the said range, for example, anti-glare property can be made more excellent, and white blurring can be prevented. It is more preferable that the weight average particle diameter of the said particle exists in the range of 3-7 micrometers. In addition, the weight average particle diameter of the said particle|grains can be measured by the Coulter counter method, for example. For example, by using a particle size distribution measuring device (trade name: Coulter particle size analyzer, manufactured by Beckman Coulter, Inc.) utilizing the pore resistance method, the resistance of the electrolyte solution corresponding to the volume of the particles when the particles pass through the aforementioned pores is measured. , thereby measuring the number and volume of the aforementioned particles, and calculating the weight average particle diameter.

对前述颗粒的形状没有特别限制,例如可以是珠状的大致球形,也可以是粉末等无定形的颗粒,优选为大致球形的颗粒,更优选为长径比为1.5以下的大致球形的颗粒,最优选为球形的颗粒。The shape of the aforementioned particles is not particularly limited, for example, it can be bead-like approximately spherical, or amorphous particles such as powder, preferably approximately spherical particles, more preferably approximately spherical particles with an aspect ratio of 1.5 or less, Spherical particles are most preferred.

关于防眩光层3a中的前述颗粒的比例,相对于前述树脂100重量份,优选为0.2~12重量份的范围,更优选为0.5~12重量份的范围,进一步优选为1~7重量份的范围。通过设定为前述范围,使得例如防眩光性更优异,且能够防止白色模糊。The proportion of the particles in the anti-glare layer 3a is preferably in the range of 0.2 to 12 parts by weight, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 12 parts by weight, and still more preferably in the range of 1 to 7 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the resin. scope. By setting it as the said range, for example, anti-glare property becomes more excellent, and white blurring can be prevented.

作为用于形成防眩光层3a的触变赋予剂,例如可列举出:有机粘土、氧化聚烯烃、改性脲等。As a thixotropy imparting agent for forming the anti-glare layer 3a, organoclay, oxidized polyolefin, modified urea, etc. are mentioned, for example.

为了改善与前述树脂的亲和性,前述有机粘土优选为经有机化处理的粘土。作为有机粘土,例如可列举出层状有机粘土。前述有机粘土可以自行制备,也可以使用市售品。作为前述市售品,例如可列举出:LUCENTITE SAN、LUCENTITE STN、LUCENTITE SEN、LUCENTITE SPN、SOMASIF ME-100、SOMASIF MAE、SOMASIF MTE、SOMASIF MEE、SOMASIF MPE(商品名、均为Co-op Chemical Co.,Ltd.制造);S-BEN、S-BEN C、S-BEN E、S-BEN W、S-BENP、S-BEN WX、S-BEN N-400、S-BEN NX、S-BEN NX80、S-BEN NO12S、S-BEN NEZ、S-BEN NO12、S-BEN NE、S-BEN NZ、S-BEN NZ70、ORGANITE、ORGANITE D、ORGANITE T(商品名、均为HOJUNCo.,Ltd.制造);KUNIPIA F、KUNIPIA G、KUNIPIA G4(商品名、均为KUNIMINE INDUSTRIESCO.,LTD.制造);TIXOGEL VZ、CLAYTONE HT、CLAYTONE40(商品名、均为Rockwood AdditivesLtd.制造)等。In order to improve the affinity with the aforementioned resin, the aforementioned organoclay is preferably organically treated clay. Examples of organoclays include layered organoclays. The aforementioned organoclay can be prepared by itself, or a commercially available one can be used. Examples of commercially available products include: LUCENTITE SAN, LUCENTITE STN, LUCENTITE SEN, LUCENTITE SPN, SOMASIF ME-100, SOMASIF MAE, SOMASIF MTE, SOMASIF MEE, SOMASIF MPE (both are Co-op Chemical Co. .,Ltd.); S-BEN, S-BEN C, S-BEN E, S-BEN W, S-BENP, S-BEN WX, S-BEN N-400, S-BEN NX, S-BEN NX80, S-BEN NO12S, S-BEN NEZ, S-BEN NO12, S-BEN NE, S-BEN NZ, S-BEN NZ70, ORGANITE, ORGANITE D, ORGANITE T (trade names, all are HOJUN Co.,Ltd. manufactured); KUNIPIA F, KUNIPIA G, KUNIPIA G4 (trade names, all manufactured by KUNIMINE INDUSTRIESCO., LTD.); TIXOGEL VZ, CLAYTONE HT, CLAYTONE40 (trade names, all manufactured by Rockwood Additives Ltd.), etc.

前述氧化聚烯烃可以自行制备,也可以使用市售品。作为前述市售品,例如可列举出:DISPARLON 4200-20(商品名、楠本化成株式会社制造)、FLOWNON SA300(商品名、共荣社化学株式会社制造)等。The aforementioned oxidized polyolefin can be produced by itself, or a commercially available product can be used. As said commercial item, DISPARLON 4200-20 (brand name, the product made by Kusumoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), FLOWNON SA300 (brand name, the Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. make), etc. are mentioned, for example.

前述改性脲为异氰酸酯单体或者其加合物与有机胺的反应物。前述改性脲可以自行制备,也可以使用市售品。作为前述市售品,例如可列举出:BYK410(毕克化学制造)等。The aforementioned modified urea is a reactant of isocyanate monomer or its adduct and organic amine. The aforementioned modified urea can be prepared by itself, or a commercially available product can be used. As said commercial item, BYK410 (made by BYK Chemicals), etc. are mentioned, for example.

前述触变赋予剂可以单独使用一种,也可以并用两种以上。The said thixotropy imparting agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

在本实施方式的光学层叠体11中,优选前述凸状部距离前述防眩光层3a的粗糙度平均线的高度小于防眩光层3a的厚度的0.4倍。更优选为0.01倍以上且小于0.4倍的范围,进一步优选为0.01倍以上且小于0.3倍的范围。如果为该范围,则可以适宜地防止在前述凸状部形成成为外观缺陷的突起物。本实施方式的防眩光层3a通过具有这种高度的凸状部,能够使外观缺陷不易产生。在此,前述距离平均线的高度例如可以利用日本特开2017-138620号公报中记载的方法进行测定。In the optical layered body 11 of the present embodiment, it is preferable that the height of the convex portion from the average roughness line of the anti-glare layer 3a is less than 0.4 times the thickness of the anti-glare layer 3a. More preferably, it is in the range of 0.01 times or more and less than 0.4 times, and it is still more preferably in the range of 0.01 times or more and less than 0.3 times. If it is this range, it can prevent suitably the protrusion which becomes an appearance defect from being formed in the said convex-shaped part. The anti-glare layer 3 a of the present embodiment can make appearance defects less likely to occur by having such a high convex portion. Here, the height from the mean line can be measured, for example, by the method described in JP-A-2017-138620.

关于防眩光层3a中的前述触变赋予剂的比例,相对于前述树脂100重量份,优选为0.1~5重量份的范围,更优选为0.2~4重量份的范围。The ratio of the thixotropy-imparting agent in the anti-glare layer 3a is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 5 parts by weight, more preferably in the range of 0.2 to 4 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the resin.

对防眩光层3a的厚度(d)没有特别限制,优选为3~12μm的范围内。通过使防眩光层3a的厚度(d)为前述范围,例如能够防止光学层叠体11产生卷曲,能够避免输送性不良等生产率降低的问题。此外,在前述厚度(d)为前述范围的情况下,前述颗粒的重量平均粒径(D)如前所述,优选为2.5~10μm的范围内。通过使防眩光层3a的厚度(d)和前述颗粒的重量平均粒径(D)为前述组合,能够使得防眩光性更优异。防眩光层3a的厚度(d)更优选为3~8μm的范围内。The thickness (d) of the anti-glare layer 3 a is not particularly limited, but is preferably within a range of 3 to 12 μm. By making the thickness (d) of the anti-glare layer 3a into the said range, for example, curling of the optical laminated body 11 can be prevented, and the problem of productivity fall, such as conveyance failure, can be avoided. Moreover, when the said thickness (d) is the said range, it is preferable that the weight average particle diameter (D) of the said particle exists in the range of 2.5-10 micrometers as mentioned above. By making the thickness (d) of the antiglare layer 3a and the weight average particle diameter (D) of the aforementioned particles into the aforementioned combination, it is possible to make the antiglare property more excellent. The thickness (d) of the anti-glare layer 3a is more preferably within a range of 3 to 8 μm.

关于防眩光层3a的厚度(d)与前述颗粒的重量平均粒径(D)的关系,优选为0.3≤D/d≤0.9的范围内。通过为这种关系,使得防眩光性更优异,且能够防止白色模糊,进而能够形成没有外观缺陷的防眩光层。The relationship between the thickness (d) of the anti-glare layer 3a and the weight average particle diameter (D) of the particles is preferably within the range of 0.3≦D/d≦0.9. By having such a relationship, the anti-glare property can be further improved, white blurring can be prevented, and an anti-glare layer free from appearance defects can be formed.

本实施方式的光学层叠体11如前所述,防眩光层3a通过前述颗粒及前述触变赋予剂发生聚集,从而在防眩光层3a的表面形成凸状部。在形成前述凸状部的聚集部处,前述颗粒以在防眩光层3a的面方向上聚集多个的状态存在。由此,前述凸状部形成平滑的形状。本实施方式的防眩光层3a通过具有这种形状的凸状部,能够在维持防眩光性的同时防止白色模糊,进而能够使外观缺陷不易产生。In the optical layered body 11 of the present embodiment, as described above, the anti-glare layer 3a is aggregated by the particles and the thixotropy-imparting agent to form convex portions on the surface of the anti-glare layer 3a. At the aggregated portion forming the convex portion, the aforementioned particles exist in a state of being aggregated in a plurality in the plane direction of the anti-glare layer 3a. Thereby, the said convex-shaped part forms a smooth shape. The anti-glare layer 3 a of the present embodiment can prevent white blurring while maintaining the anti-glare property by having the convex portion in such a shape, and furthermore, appearance defects can be made less likely to occur.

防眩光层3a的表面形状可以通过控制防眩光层形成材料中包含的颗粒的聚集状态来任意地设计。前述颗粒的聚集状态例如可以通过前述颗粒的材质(例如颗粒表面的化学修饰状态,对溶剂、树脂的亲和性等)、树脂(粘结剂)或溶剂的种类、组合等来控制。在此,本实施方式可以通过前述防眩光层形成材料中包含的触变赋予剂来控制前述颗粒的聚集状态。结果,本实施方式能够使前述颗粒的聚集状态如前所述,能够使前述凸状部形成平滑的形状。The surface shape of the antiglare layer 3a can be arbitrarily designed by controlling the aggregation state of the particles contained in the antiglare layer forming material. The aggregation state of the aforementioned particles can be controlled, for example, by the material of the aforementioned particles (such as the state of chemical modification of the particle surface, affinity to solvents and resins, etc.), the type and combination of resin (binder) or solvent, and the like. Here, in this embodiment, the aggregation state of the particles can be controlled by the thixotropy-imparting agent contained in the anti-glare layer forming material. As a result, in the present embodiment, the aggregation state of the particles can be made as described above, and the convex portion can be formed into a smooth shape.

在本实施方式的光学层叠体11中,在基材1由树脂等形成的情况下,优选在基材1与防眩光层3a的界面处具有渗透层。前述渗透层是防眩光层3a的形成材料中包含的树脂成分渗透至基材1而形成的。如果形成渗透层,则能够提高基材1与防眩光层3a的密合性,是优选的。前述渗透层的厚度优选为0.2~3μm的范围,更优选为0.5~2μm的范围。例如在基材1为三乙酰纤维素、防眩光层3a中包含的树脂为丙烯酸类树脂的情况下,能够形成前述渗透层。前述渗透层例如可以通过用透射型电子显微镜(TEM)观察光学层叠体11的截面来确认,可以测定厚度。In the optical layered body 11 of this embodiment, when the base material 1 is formed of resin etc., it is preferable to have a permeable layer in the interface of the base material 1 and the antiglare layer 3a. The permeable layer is formed by permeating the base material 1 with the resin component contained in the forming material of the anti-glare layer 3 a. If the permeable layer is formed, the adhesion between the base material 1 and the anti-glare layer 3a can be improved, which is preferable. The thickness of the permeable layer is preferably in the range of 0.2 to 3 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 2 μm. For example, when the substrate 1 is triacetyl cellulose and the resin contained in the anti-glare layer 3a is an acrylic resin, the permeable layer can be formed. The permeable layer can be confirmed, for example, by observing the cross section of the optical layered body 11 with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and its thickness can be measured.

本实施方式即使在应用于具有这种渗透层的光学层叠体11的情况下,也能够容易地形成兼顾了防眩光性和防止白色模糊的期望的平滑的表面凹凸形状。前述渗透层中,基材1越是缺乏与防眩光层3a的密合性,越是优选为了提高密合性而形成得厚。Even when the present embodiment is applied to the optical layered body 11 having such a permeable layer, it is possible to easily form a desired smooth surface irregularity shape that achieves both anti-glare and white blur prevention. Among the aforementioned permeable layers, the less the base material 1 has less adhesiveness with the anti-glare layer 3a, the more preferably it is formed thicker in order to improve the adhesiveness.

本实施方式优选在防眩光层3a中最大直径为200μm以上的外观缺陷平均每1m2防眩光层3a为1个以下。更优选无前述外观缺陷。In the present embodiment, the number of appearance defects having a maximum diameter of 200 μm or more in the anti-glare layer 3 a is preferably one or less on average per 1 m 2 of the anti-glare layer 3 a. It is more preferably free from the aforementioned appearance defects.

在本实施方式中,形成有防眩光层3a的基材1优选雾度值为0~10%的范围内。前述雾度值是指依据JIS K 7136(2000年版)的雾度值(雾度)。前述雾度值更优选为0~5%的范围,进一步优选为0~3%的范围。要想使雾度值为上述范围,优选以前述颗粒与前述树脂的折射率差为0.001~0.02的范围的方式选择前述颗粒和前述树脂。通过使雾度值为前述范围,可得到鲜明的图像,还能够提高在暗处的对比度。In this embodiment, the substrate 1 on which the anti-glare layer 3 a is formed preferably has a haze value within a range of 0 to 10%. The aforementioned haze value refers to a haze value (haze) according to JIS K 7136 (2000 edition). The aforementioned haze value is more preferably in the range of 0 to 5%, and still more preferably in the range of 0 to 3%. In order to make the haze value into the said range, it is preferable to select the said particle|grains and the said resin so that the refractive index difference of the said particle|grains and the said resin may be in the range of 0.001-0.02. By making the haze value into the above-mentioned range, a clear image can be obtained, and the contrast in a dark place can also be improved.

本实施方式优选的是,在防眩光层3a表面的凹凸形状处,平均倾角θa(°)为0.1~5.0的范围,更优选为0.3~4.5的范围,进一步优选为1.0~4.0的范围,特别优选为1.6~4.0。在此,前述平均倾角θa是由下述数学式(1)定义的值。前述平均倾角θa是例如利用日本特开2017-138620中记载的方法测得的值。In this embodiment, it is preferable that the average inclination angle θa (°) is in the range of 0.1 to 5.0, more preferably in the range of 0.3 to 4.5, and still more preferably in the range of 1.0 to 4.0 at the concave-convex shape of the surface of the anti-glare layer 3a, especially Preferably it is 1.6-4.0. Here, the aforementioned average inclination angle θa is a value defined by the following formula (1). The aforementioned average inclination angle θa is, for example, a value measured by the method described in JP 2017-138620.

平均倾角θa=tan-1Δa(1)Average inclination θa=tan-1Δa(1)

在前述数学式(1)中,Δa如下述数学式(2)所示,是在JIS B 0601(1994年度版)中规定的粗糙度曲线的基准长度L中用相邻的山的顶点与谷的最低点之差(高度h)的总和(h1+h2+h3…+hn)除以前述基准长度L而得的值。前述粗糙度曲线是利用相位差补偿型高通滤波器从截面曲线去除比规定的波长更长的表面波纹度成分而得的曲线。此外,前述截面曲线是指:以与对象面直角的平面将对象面切断时,在其切口处出现的轮廓。In the above-mentioned formula (1), Δa is expressed by the following formula (2), and is the reference length L of the roughness curve specified in JIS B 0601 (1994 edition), using the apex and valley of the adjacent mountain The value obtained by dividing the sum (h1+h2+h3...+hn) of the difference (height h) of the lowest point of the above by the aforementioned reference length L. The aforementioned roughness curve is a curve obtained by removing surface waviness components longer than a predetermined wavelength from the cross-sectional curve by using a phase difference compensation type high-pass filter. In addition, the above-mentioned cross-sectional curve refers to a contour that appears at the incision when the target surface is cut with a plane perpendicular to the target surface.

Δa=(h1+h2+h3…+hn)/L (2)Δa=(h1+h2+h3...+hn)/L (2)

如果θa为上述范围,则防眩光性更优异,且能够防止白色模糊。When θa is in the above-mentioned range, the anti-glare property is more excellent, and white blurring can be prevented.

在形成防眩光层3a时,优选所制备的防眩光层形成材料(涂覆液)显示出触变性,优选下述规定的Ti值为1.3~3.5的范围,更优选为1.3~2.8的范围。When forming the antiglare layer 3a, the prepared antiglare layer forming material (coating solution) preferably exhibits thixotropy, and the Ti value specified below is preferably in the range of 1.3 to 3.5, more preferably in the range of 1.3 to 2.8.

Ti值=β1/β2Ti value = β1/β2

在此,β1为使用HAAKE公司制造的RheoStress 6000在剪切速率20(1/s)的条件下测得的粘度,β2为使用HAAKE公司制造的RheoStress 6000在剪切速率200(1/s)的条件下测得的粘度。Here, β1 is the viscosity measured at a shear rate of 20 (1/s) using RheoStress 6000 manufactured by HAAKE, and β2 is the viscosity measured at a shear rate of 200 (1/s) using RheoStress 6000 manufactured by HAAKE. Viscosity measured under the conditions.

如果Ti值小于1.3,则变得容易产生外观缺陷,防眩光性、关于白色模糊的特性变差。此外,如果Ti值超过3.5,则前述颗粒难以发生聚集,变得容易形成分散状态。If the Ti value is less than 1.3, defects in appearance are likely to occur, and the anti-glare properties and the properties related to white blur are deteriorated. In addition, if the Ti value exceeds 3.5, the aforementioned particles are less likely to aggregate and become more likely to form a dispersed state.

对本实施方式的防眩光层3a的制造方法没有特别限制,可以采用任何方法制造,例如可以准备包含前述树脂、前述颗粒、前述触变赋予剂及溶剂的防眩光层形成材料(涂覆液),将前述防眩光层形成材料(涂覆液)涂覆在前述基材1的单面1a形成涂膜,使前述涂膜固化形成防眩光层3a,由此制造。在本实施方式中,也可以一并使用利用基于模具的转印方式、喷砂、压花辊等适当的方式来赋予凹凸形状的方法等。The method for producing the anti-glare layer 3a of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, and any method may be used. For example, an anti-glare layer forming material (coating solution) comprising the aforementioned resin, the aforementioned particles, the aforementioned thixotropy-imparting agent, and a solvent may be prepared, The anti-glare layer forming material (coating liquid) is coated on one side 1a of the substrate 1 to form a coating film, and the coating film is cured to form the anti-glare layer 3a, thereby manufacturing. In this embodiment, a method of imparting concavo-convex shapes by an appropriate method such as a transfer method using a mold, sand blasting, and an embossing roll may also be used together.

对前述溶剂没有特别限制,可以使用各种溶剂,可以单独使用一种,也可以并用两种以上。根据前述树脂的组成、前述颗粒及前述触变赋予剂的种类、含量等而存在最佳的溶剂种类、溶剂比率。作为溶剂,没有特别限定,例如可列举出:甲醇、乙醇、异丙醇、丁醇、2-甲氧基乙醇等醇类;丙酮、甲乙酮、甲基异丁基酮、环戊酮等酮类;乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等酯类;二异丙醚、丙二醇单甲醚等醚类;乙二醇、丙二醇等二醇类;乙基溶纤剂、丁基溶纤剂等溶纤剂类;己烷、庚烷、辛烷等脂肪族烃类;苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烃类等。The above-mentioned solvent is not particularly limited, and various solvents may be used, and one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination. There are optimal solvent types and solvent ratios depending on the composition of the resin, the types and contents of the particles and the thixotropy-imparting agent, and the like. The solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, and 2-methoxyethanol; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and cyclopentanone. ; methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate and other esters; diisopropyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and other ethers; ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and other glycols; ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve and other solvents Cellulose agents; Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane; Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.

作为基材1,例如在采用三乙酰纤维素(TAC)形成渗透层的情况下,可以适宜地使用对于TAC的良溶剂。作为该溶剂,例如可列举出:乙酸乙酯、甲乙酮、环戊酮等。As the substrate 1, for example, when triacetyl cellulose (TAC) is used to form the permeation layer, a good solvent for TAC can be suitably used. As this solvent, ethyl acetate, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone etc. are mentioned, for example.

此外,通过适当选择溶剂,能够良好地表现出由触变赋予剂带来的对防眩光层形成材料(涂覆液)的触变性。例如在使用有机粘土的情况下,可以适宜地单独使用或并用甲苯及二甲苯,例如在使用氧化聚烯烃的情况下,可以适宜地单独使用或并用甲乙酮、乙酸乙酯、丙二醇单甲醚,例如在使用改性脲的情况下,可以适宜地单独使用或并用乙酸丁酯及甲基异丁基酮。In addition, by appropriately selecting the solvent, the thixotropy to the anti-glare layer forming material (coating liquid) due to the thixotropy-imparting agent can be expressed favorably. For example, in the case of using organoclay, toluene and xylene can be suitably used alone or in combination. For example, in the case of using oxidized polyolefin, methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl acetate, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether can be suitably used alone or in combination, such as When using modified urea, butyl acetate and methyl isobutyl ketone can be used singly or in combination as appropriate.

在前述防眩光层形成材料中可以添加各种流平剂。作为前述流平剂,以防止涂覆不均(涂覆面的均匀化)为目的,例如可以使用氟类或有机硅类的流平剂。本实施方式中,可以根据对防眩光层3a的表面要求防污性的情况、或要在防眩光层3a上形成防反射层(低折射率层)、包含层间填充剂的层的情况等而适当选定流平剂。本实施方式例如通过包含前述触变赋予剂而能够使涂覆液表现出触变性,因此不易产生涂覆不均。因此,本实施方式例如具有可扩充前述流平剂的选项的优点。Various leveling agents can be added to the aforementioned anti-glare layer forming material. As the above-mentioned leveling agent, for the purpose of preventing coating unevenness (homogenization of the coated surface), for example, a fluorine-based or silicone-based leveling agent can be used. In this embodiment, depending on the case where antifouling properties are required for the surface of the antiglare layer 3a, or the case where an antireflection layer (low refractive index layer) or a layer containing an interlayer filler is to be formed on the antiglare layer 3a, etc. And properly select the leveling agent. In this embodiment, for example, by including the aforementioned thixotropy-imparting agent, it is possible to make the coating liquid express thixotropy, and thus coating unevenness is less likely to occur. Therefore, this embodiment has, for example, the advantage that the options of the aforementioned leveling agent can be expanded.

关于前述流平剂的配混量,相对于前述树脂100重量份,例如为5重量份以下,优选为0.01~5重量份的范围。The compounding quantity of the said leveling agent is 5 weight part or less with respect to 100 weight part of said resins, for example, Preferably it is the range of 0.01-5 weight part.

在前述防眩光层形成材料中,根据需要可以在不损害性能的范围内添加颜料、填充剂、分散剂、增塑剂、紫外线吸收剂、表面活性剂、防污剂、抗氧化剂等。这些添加剂可以单独使用一种,也可以并用两种以上。Pigments, fillers, dispersants, plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, surfactants, antifouling agents, antioxidants, etc. may be added to the aforementioned antiglare layer forming materials as needed within a range that does not impair performance. These additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

在前述防眩光层形成材料中,例如可以使用如日本特开2008-88309号公报中记载的现有公知的光聚合引发剂。As the anti-glare layer forming material, for example, conventionally known photopolymerization initiators as described in JP-A-2008-88309 can be used.

作为将前述防眩光层形成材料涂覆在基材1的单面1a上的方法,例如可以使用喷注涂布法、模涂布法、旋转涂布法、喷雾涂布法、凹版涂布法、辊式涂布法、棒涂布法等涂覆法。As a method of coating the aforementioned anti-glare layer forming material on one side 1a of the substrate 1, for example, a spray coating method, a die coating method, a spin coating method, a spray coating method, and a gravure coating method can be used. , roll coating method, rod coating method and other coating methods.

涂覆前述防眩光层形成材料在基材1上形成涂膜,使前述涂膜固化。优选在前述固化之前干燥前述涂膜。前述干燥例如可以是自然干燥,也可以是吹风的风干,也可以是加热干燥,也可以是将它们组合的方法。The aforementioned anti-glare layer forming material is applied to form a coating film on the substrate 1, and the aforementioned coating film is cured. It is preferable to dry the aforementioned coating film before the aforementioned curing. The aforementioned drying may be, for example, natural drying, blown air drying, heat drying, or a method combining them.

对前述防眩光层形成材料的涂膜的固化手段没有特别限制,优选紫外线固化。能量射线源的照射量按紫外波长365nm下的累积曝光量计,优选为50~500mJ/cm2。如果照射量为50mJ/cm2以上,则固化更充分,所形成的防眩光层的硬度也更充分。此外,如果为500mJ/cm2以下,则能够防止所形成的防眩光层着色。There is no particular limitation on the curing method of the coating film of the aforementioned anti-glare layer forming material, but ultraviolet curing is preferred. The irradiation dose of the energy ray source is preferably 50-500 mJ/cm 2 in terms of cumulative exposure dose at an ultraviolet wavelength of 365 nm. When the irradiation amount is 50 mJ/cm 2 or more, curing is more sufficient, and the hardness of the formed anti-glare layer is also more sufficient. In addition, if it is 500 mJ/cm 2 or less, the formed anti-glare layer can be prevented from being colored.

如上进行,可以在基材1的单面1a形成防眩光层3a。需要说明的是,可以用除前述的方法以外的制造方法形成防眩光层3a。关于本实施方式的防眩光层3a的硬度,在铅笔硬度中,虽然会受层的厚度影响,优选具有2H以上的硬度。As described above, the anti-glare layer 3 a can be formed on the single surface 1 a of the substrate 1 . It should be noted that the anti-glare layer 3a may be formed by a production method other than the aforementioned method. Regarding the hardness of the anti-glare layer 3 a of the present embodiment, it is preferable to have a hardness of 2H or more in pencil hardness, although it is affected by the thickness of the layer.

本实施方式中,防眩光层3a可以为层叠了两层以上的多层结构。In this embodiment, the anti-glare layer 3 a may have a multilayer structure in which two or more layers are laminated.

在本实施方式中,可以在防眩光层3a上配置上述AR层(低折射率层)。例如在自发光型显示装置中安装了本实施方式的光学层叠体22的情况下,作为降低图像的辨识性的主要因素之一,可列举出空气与防眩光层界面处的光的反射。AR层会减小该表面反射。需要说明的是,防眩光层3a和AR层可以分别为层叠了两层以上的多层结构。In this embodiment, the aforementioned AR layer (low refractive index layer) may be disposed on the anti-glare layer 3a. For example, when the optical layered body 22 of this embodiment is mounted on a self-luminous display device, reflection of light at the interface between air and the anti-glare layer can be cited as one of factors that reduce image visibility. The AR layer will reduce this surface reflection. It should be noted that the anti-glare layer 3 a and the AR layer may each have a multilayer structure in which two or more layers are stacked.

此外,为了防止污染物附着以及提高所附着的污染物的去除容易性,优选在防眩光层3a上层叠由含氟基的硅烷类化合物或含氟基的有机化合物等形成的防污染层。In addition, in order to prevent the adhesion of pollutants and improve the ease of removal of the adhering pollutants, it is preferable to laminate an anti-pollution layer formed of a fluorine-containing silane compound or a fluorine-containing organic compound on the anti-glare layer 3a.

在本实施方式中,优选对基材1和防眩光层3a中的至少一者进行表面处理。如果对基材1的表面进行表面处理,则与防眩光层3a的密合性进一步提高。此外,如果对防眩光层3a的表面进行表面处理,则与前述AR层的密合性进一步提高。In this embodiment, at least one of the substrate 1 and the anti-glare layer 3 a is preferably surface-treated. When the surface of the base material 1 is surface-treated, the adhesiveness with the anti-glare layer 3a will be further improved. Moreover, when the surface of the anti-glare layer 3a is surface-treated, the adhesiveness with the said AR layer will improve further.

为了防止基材1产生卷曲,可以对防眩光层3a的另一面进行溶剂处理。此外,为了防止产生卷曲,可以在防眩光层3a的另一面形成透明树脂层。In order to prevent the substrate 1 from curling, the other side of the anti-glare layer 3a may be treated with a solvent. In addition, in order to prevent curling, a transparent resin layer may be formed on the other surface of the anti-glare layer 3a.

<粘合剂层><Adhesive layer>

在本实施方式中,优选的是,粘合剂层2为由包含着色剂的选自光固化性粘合剂组合物和溶剂型粘合剂组合物的粘合剂组合物形成的粘合剂层。In this embodiment, it is preferable that the adhesive layer 2 is an adhesive formed of an adhesive composition selected from a photocurable adhesive composition and a solvent-based adhesive composition containing a colorant. Floor.

<光固化性粘合剂组合物><Photocurable Adhesive Composition>

前述光固化性粘合剂组合物在着色剂的基础上,还包含聚合物、光聚合性化合物以及光聚合引发剂。即,用于形成本实施方式的粘合剂层2的光固化性粘合剂组合物含有聚合物、光聚合性化合物、光聚合引发剂以及着色剂。本实施方式的粘合剂层2为对可见光具有光吸收的粘合剂层。The aforementioned photocurable adhesive composition contains, in addition to the colorant, a polymer, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator. That is, the photocurable adhesive composition for forming the adhesive layer 2 of this embodiment contains a polymer, a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a coloring agent. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 2 of the present embodiment is a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that absorbs visible light.

使用光固化性粘合剂组合物所形成的粘合剂层大致分为:进行光固化的类型的粘合剂层(第一方式);以及不进行光固化、在与后述的显示面板贴合后进行光固化的类型的粘合剂层(第二方式)。The adhesive layer formed using the photocurable adhesive composition is roughly divided into: a type of adhesive layer that undergoes photocuring (the first form); A type of adhesive layer that is photocured after bonding (second mode).

[第一方式][first way]

第一方式的粘合剂层可以通过将含有聚合物、光聚合性化合物、光聚合引发剂以及着色剂的光固化性粘合剂组合物涂布在剥离薄膜上并进行光固化来形成。The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first aspect can be formed by applying a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a polymer, a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a colorant on a release film, and then photocuring it.

<光固化性粘合剂组合物><Photocurable Adhesive Composition>

(聚合物)(polymer)

作为前述光固化性粘合剂组合物中包含的聚合物,可列举出:丙烯酸类聚合物、有机硅类聚合物、聚酯、聚氨酯、聚酰胺、聚乙烯基醚、乙酸乙烯酯/氯乙烯共聚物、改性聚烯烃、环氧类、氟类、天然橡胶、合成橡胶等橡胶类等聚合物。特别是从显示出适度的润湿性、聚集性和粘接性等粘合特性且耐候性、耐热性等也优异的观点出发,可适宜地使用丙烯酸类聚合物。Examples of the polymer contained in the aforementioned photocurable adhesive composition include: acrylic polymers, silicone polymers, polyesters, polyurethanes, polyamides, polyvinyl ethers, vinyl acetate/vinyl chloride Polymers such as copolymers, modified polyolefins, epoxy, fluorine, natural rubber, synthetic rubber and other rubbers. In particular, an acrylic polymer can be suitably used from the viewpoint of exhibiting moderate wettability, agglomeration, adhesive properties, and other adhesive properties, as well as being excellent in weather resistance, heat resistance, and the like.

前述丙烯酸类聚合物含有(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯作为主要的构成单体成分。需要说明的是,在本说明书中,“(甲基)丙烯酸”是指丙烯酸和/或甲基丙烯。相对于构成丙烯酸类聚合物的单体成分总量的、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的量优选为50重量%以上,更优选为55重量%以上,进一步优选为60重量%以上。The aforementioned acrylic polymer contains an alkyl (meth)acrylate as a main constituent monomer component. In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acryl" means acryl and/or methacryl. The amount of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 55% by weight or more, and still more preferably 60% by weight or more, based on the total amount of monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer.

作为(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,可适宜地使用烷基的碳数为1~20的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的烷基可以具有分枝,也可以具有环状烷基。As the alkyl (meth)acrylate, an alkyl (meth)acrylate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the alkyl group can be suitably used. The alkyl group of the alkyl (meth)acrylate may have a branch or may have a cyclic alkyl group.

作为具有链状烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的具体例子,可列举出:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸异丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸仲丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸叔丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸异戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸新戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸异辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸异壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸异癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸异三(十二烷基)酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸异十四烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸鲸蜡酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸异十八烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十九烷基酯等。作为用于第一方式的优选的具有链状烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,有(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯。相对于构成丙烯酸类聚合物的单体成分总量的、具有链状烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的量例如为40~90重量%左右,可以为45~80重量%或50~70重量%。Specific examples of alkyl (meth)acrylates having a chain alkyl group include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate, ) isobutyl acrylate, sec-butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, neopentyl (meth)acrylate, Hexyl (meth)acrylate, Heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-Ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, Octyl (meth)acrylate, Isooctyl (meth)acrylate, Acrylic acid (meth) Nonyl, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate , Isotridecyl (meth)acrylate, Myristyl (meth)acrylate, Isotetradecyl (meth)acrylate, Pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, Cetyl (meth)acrylate, Heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, Octadecyl (meth)acrylate, Isostearyl (meth)acrylate, Nadecyl (meth)acrylate Alkyl esters, etc. Preferred alkyl (meth)acrylates having a chain alkyl group used in the first aspect include butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Octadecyl ester, lauryl (meth)acrylate. The amount of the alkyl (meth)acrylate having a chain alkyl group relative to the total amount of monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is, for example, about 40 to 90% by weight, and may be 45 to 80% by weight or 50 to 50% by weight. 70% by weight.

作为具有脂环式烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的具体例子,可列举出:(甲基)丙烯酸环戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸环己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸环庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸环辛酯等(甲基)丙烯酸环烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸异冰片酯等具有二环式的脂肪族烃环的(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二环戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二环戊氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三环戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1-金刚烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基-2-金刚烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基-2-金刚烷基酯等具有三环以上的脂肪族烃环的(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作为用于第一方式的优选的具有脂环式烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,有(甲基)丙烯酸环己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸异冰片酯。相对于构成丙烯酸类聚合物的单体成分总量的、具有脂环式烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的量例如为3~50重量%左右,可以为5~40重量%或10~30重量%。Specific examples of alkyl (meth)acrylates having an alicyclic alkyl group include cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and cycloheptyl (meth)acrylate. Cycloalkyl (meth)acrylates such as cyclooctyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylates with bicyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon rings such as isobornyl (meth)acrylate; (meth) Dicyclopentyl acrylate, Dicyclopentyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, Tricyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methyl (meth)acrylate - A (meth)acrylate having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring having three or more rings, such as 2-adamantyl ester and 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate. As a preferable alkyl (meth)acrylate which has an alicyclic alkyl group used for a 1st aspect, there exist cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate and isobornyl (meth)acrylate. The amount of the alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic alkyl group relative to the total amount of monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is, for example, about 3 to 50% by weight, and may be 5 to 40% by weight or 10% by weight. ~30% by weight.

丙烯酸类聚合物作为构成单体成分,可以包含含羟基单体、含羧基单体、含氮单体等含极性基团单体。通过使丙烯酸类聚合物包含含极性基团单体作为构成单体成分,存在粘合剂的内聚力提高、粘接力提高的倾向。用于第一方式的优选的含极性基团单体为含羟基单体、含氮单体。相对于构成丙烯酸类聚合物的单体成分总量的、含极性基团单体的量(含羟基单体、含羧基单体及含氮单体的总和)例如为3~50重量%左右,可以为5~40重量%或10~30重量%。The acrylic polymer may contain polar group-containing monomers such as hydroxyl-containing monomers, carboxyl-containing monomers, and nitrogen-containing monomers as constituent monomer components. When the acrylic polymer contains a polar group-containing monomer as a constituent monomer component, the cohesive force of the adhesive tends to be improved and the adhesive force tends to be improved. Preferred polar group-containing monomers used in the first aspect are hydroxyl-containing monomers and nitrogen-containing monomers. The amount of the polar group-containing monomer (the sum of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer, carboxyl group-containing monomer, and nitrogen-containing monomer) relative to the total amount of monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is, for example, about 3 to 50% by weight. , may be 5 to 40% by weight or 10 to 30% by weight.

作为含羟基单体,可列举出:(甲基)丙烯酸2-羟乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羟丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羟丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羟己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羟辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸10-羟癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸12-羟基月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(4-羟基甲基环己基)-甲酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯。在利用异氰酸酯交联剂向聚合物中导入交联结构的情况下,羟基可以构成与异氰酸酯基的反应位点(交联点)。作为用于第一方式的优选的含羟基单体,有(甲基)丙烯酸2-羟乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羟丁酯。相对于构成丙烯酸类聚合物的单体成分总量的、含羟基单体的量例如为3~50重量%左右,可以为5~40重量%或10~30重量%。Examples of hydroxyl-containing monomers include: 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, Hydroxyhexyl, 8-Hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-Hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-Hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, (4-Hydroxymethylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate) )-methyl ester and other (meth)acrylates. When a crosslinked structure is introduced into a polymer using an isocyanate crosslinking agent, the hydroxyl group can constitute a reaction site (crosslinking point) with an isocyanate group. Preferred hydroxyl-containing monomers used in the first aspect include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate. The amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer relative to the total amount of monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is, for example, about 3 to 50% by weight, and may be 5 to 40% by weight or 10 to 30% by weight.

作为含羧基单体,可列举出:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸羧乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羧戊酯等丙烯酸类单体,衣康酸、马来酸、富马酸、巴豆酸等。在利用环氧类交联剂向聚合物中导入交联结构的情况下,羧基可以构成与环氧基的反应位点(交联点)。作为用于第一方式的优选的含羧基单体,有(甲基)丙烯酸。相对于构成丙烯酸类聚合物的单体成分总量的、含羧基单体的量例如为3~50重量%左右,可以为5~40重量%或10~30重量%。Examples of carboxyl group-containing monomers include acrylic monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid, carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and carboxypentyl (meth)acrylate, itaconic acid, maleic acid, and fumaric acid. , crotonic acid, etc. When introducing a crosslinked structure into a polymer using an epoxy-based crosslinking agent, the carboxyl group can constitute a reaction site (crosslinking point) with an epoxy group. As a preferable carboxyl group-containing monomer used in the first aspect, there is (meth)acrylic acid. The amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer relative to the total amount of monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is, for example, about 3 to 50% by weight, and may be 5 to 40% by weight or 10 to 30% by weight.

作为含氮单体,可列举出:N-乙烯基吡咯烷酮、甲基乙烯基吡咯烷酮、乙烯基吡啶、乙烯基哌啶酮、乙烯基嘧啶、乙烯基哌嗪、乙烯基吡嗪、乙烯基吡咯、乙烯基咪唑、乙烯基噁唑、乙烯基吗啉、(甲基)丙烯酰吗啉、N-乙烯基羧酸酰胺类、N-乙烯基己内酰胺、丙烯酰胺等乙烯基类单体,丙烯腈、甲基丙烯腈等含氰基单体。作为用于第一方式的优选的含氮单体,有N-乙烯基吡咯烷酮。相对于构成丙烯酸类聚合物的单体成分总量的、含氮单体的量例如为3~50重量%左右,可以为5~40重量%或10~30重量%。Examples of nitrogen-containing monomers include N-vinylpyrrolidone, methylvinylpyrrolidone, vinylpyridine, vinylpiperidone, vinylpyrimidine, vinylpiperazine, vinylpyrazine, vinylpyrrole, Vinylimidazole, vinyl oxazole, vinyl morpholine, (meth)acryloyl morpholine, N-vinyl carboxylic acid amides, N-vinyl caprolactam, acrylamide and other vinyl monomers, acrylonitrile, Cyanide-containing monomers such as methacrylonitrile. As a preferable nitrogen-containing monomer used in the first mode, there is N-vinylpyrrolidone. The amount of nitrogen-containing monomers relative to the total amount of monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is, for example, about 3 to 50% by weight, and may be 5 to 40% by weight or 10 to 30% by weight.

丙烯酸类聚合物作为除上述以外的单体成分(有时称为“其他单体”),可以包含:含酸酐基团单体、(甲基)丙烯酸的己内酯加成物、含磺酸基单体、含磷酸基单体、乙酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯、苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等乙烯基类单体;(甲基)丙烯酸缩水甘油酯等含环氧基单体;聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基聚丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等二醇类丙烯酸酯单体;(甲基)丙烯酸四氢糠酯、氟代(甲基)丙烯酸酯、有机硅(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯等丙烯酸酯类单体等。Acrylic polymers may include, as monomer components other than the above (sometimes referred to as “other monomers”): monomers containing anhydride groups, caprolactone adducts of (meth)acrylic acid, sulfonic acid group-containing Monomers, phosphoric acid group-containing monomers, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, styrene, α-methylstyrene and other vinyl monomers; (meth)glycidyl acrylate and other epoxy group-containing monomers; Polyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate and other glycol-based acrylates Monomer: tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, fluoro(meth)acrylate, silicone (meth)acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate and other acrylate monomers, etc. .

光固化性粘合剂组合物中包含的聚合物的玻璃化转变温度(Tg)优选为0℃以下。聚合物的玻璃化转变温度可以为-5℃以下,-10℃以下或-15℃以下。聚合物的玻璃化转变温度为基于动态粘弹性测定的损耗角正切(tanδ)的峰顶温度。在聚合物中导入有交联结构的情况下,根据聚合物的组成,基于理论Tg算出玻璃化转变温度即可。理论Tg是利用后述的Fox公式算出的。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer contained in the photocurable adhesive composition is preferably 0° C. or lower. The glass transition temperature of the polymer may be below -5°C, below -10°C or below -15°C. The glass transition temperature of a polymer is the peak top temperature of the loss tangent (tan δ) based on dynamic viscoelasticity measurements. When a crosslinked structure is introduced into the polymer, the glass transition temperature may be calculated based on the theoretical Tg according to the composition of the polymer. Theoretical Tg was calculated using the Fox formula mentioned later.

通过利用各种公知的方法将上述单体成分聚合,可得到聚合物。对聚合方法没有特别限定,优选利用光聚合来制备聚合物。光聚合由于可以不使用溶剂地制备聚合物,因此在形成粘合剂层时不需要将溶剂干燥去除,能够均匀地形成厚度大的粘合剂层。A polymer can be obtained by polymerizing the above monomer components by various known methods. There is no particular limitation on the polymerization method, but it is preferable to prepare the polymer by photopolymerization. Since photopolymerization can produce a polymer without using a solvent, it is not necessary to dry and remove a solvent when forming an adhesive layer, and can uniformly form a thick adhesive layer.

在第一方式的粘合剂层的制作中,优选以一部分单体成分未反应而残留的低聚合度的聚合物(预聚物)的形式进行制备。用于制备预聚物的组合物(预聚物形成用组合物)优选在单体的基础上还包含光聚合引发剂。光聚合引发剂根据单体的种类来适当选择即可。例如,丙烯酸类聚合物的聚合可使用光自由基聚合引发剂。作为光聚合引发剂,可列举出:苯偶姻醚类光聚合引发剂、苯乙酮类光聚合引发剂、α-酮醇类光聚合引发剂、芳香族磺酰氯类光聚合引发剂、光活性肟类光聚合引发剂、苯偶姻类光聚合引发剂、苯偶酰类光聚合引发剂、二苯甲酮类光聚合引发剂、缩酮类光聚合引发剂、噻吨酮类光聚合引发剂、酰基氧化膦类光聚合引发剂等。In the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first aspect, it is preferable to prepare it as a polymer (prepolymer) with a low degree of polymerization in which a part of the monomer components remain unreacted. The composition for preparing a prepolymer (prepolymer-forming composition) preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator in addition to a monomer. What is necessary is just to select a photoinitiator suitably according to the kind of monomer. For example, polymerization of acrylic polymers can use photoradical polymerization initiators. Examples of photopolymerization initiators include: benzoin ether photopolymerization initiators, acetophenone photopolymerization initiators, α-keto alcohol photopolymerization initiators, aromatic sulfonyl chloride photopolymerization initiators, Active oxime photopolymerization initiator, benzoin photopolymerization initiator, benzil photopolymerization initiator, benzophenone photopolymerization initiator, ketal photopolymerization initiator, thioxanthone photopolymerization Initiators, acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators, etc.

在聚合时,以分子量调节等为目的,可以使用链转移剂、阻聚剂(聚合延迟剂)等。作为链转移剂,可列举出:α-硫代甘油、月桂基硫醇、缩水甘油基硫醇、巯基乙酸、2-巯基乙醇、巯基乙酸、巯基乙酸2-乙基己酯、2,3-二巯基-1-丙醇等硫醇类,α-甲基苯乙烯二聚体等。During polymerization, a chain transfer agent, a polymerization inhibitor (polymerization retarder), and the like can be used for the purpose of molecular weight adjustment and the like. Examples of the chain transfer agent include α-thioglycerol, lauryl mercaptan, glycidyl mercaptan, thioglycolic acid, 2-mercaptoethanol, thioglycolic acid, 2-ethylhexyl thioglycolate, 2,3- Thiols such as dimercapto-1-propanol, α-methylstyrene dimer, etc.

对预聚物的聚合率没有特别限定,从形成适于在基材上涂布的粘度的角度来看,优选为3~50重量%,更优选为5~40重量%。预聚物的聚合率可以通过调节光聚合引发剂的种类、用量、UV光等活性光线的照射强度/照射时间等来调节至期望的范围。预聚物的聚合率是在130℃下加热3小时时的不挥发成分,利用下述式算出。粘合剂层的聚合率(不挥发成分)也利用同样的方法进行测定。The polymerization rate of the prepolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 50% by weight, more preferably 5 to 40% by weight, from the viewpoint of forming a viscosity suitable for coating on a substrate. The polymerization rate of the prepolymer can be adjusted to a desired range by adjusting the type and amount of the photopolymerization initiator, the irradiation intensity/irradiation time of active light such as UV light, and the like. The polymerization rate of the prepolymer is a non-volatile matter when heated at 130° C. for 3 hours, and is calculated by the following formula. The polymerization ratio (non-volatile matter) of the adhesive layer was also measured by the same method.

聚合率(%)=加热后的重量/加热前的重量×100Polymerization rate (%) = weight after heating / weight before heating × 100

如前所述,用于形成粘合剂层的光固化性粘合剂组合物含有聚合物、光聚合性化合物、光聚合引发剂以及着色剂。例如,通过向预聚物中添加光聚合性化合物、光聚合引发剂及着色剂,可得到光固化性粘合剂组合物。也可以代替使用预聚物而使用低分子量的聚合物(低聚物),向低分子量的聚合物中混合光聚合性化合物、光聚合引发剂及着色剂,从而制备光固化性粘合剂组合物。As mentioned above, the photocurable adhesive composition for forming an adhesive layer contains a polymer, a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a coloring agent. For example, a photocurable adhesive composition can be obtained by adding a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a colorant to a prepolymer. It is also possible to use a low-molecular-weight polymer (oligomer) instead of a prepolymer, and to mix a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a colorant into the low-molecular-weight polymer to prepare a photocurable adhesive set thing.

(光聚合性化合物)(photopolymerizable compound)

前述光固化性粘合剂组合物中包含的光聚合性化合物在1分子中具有1个或多个光聚合性官能团。光聚合性官能团可以是自由基聚合性、阳离子聚合性及阴离子聚合性中的任一种,从反应性优异的角度出发,优选为具有不饱和双键(烯属不饱和基团)的自由基聚合性官能团。The photopolymerizable compound contained in the said photocurable adhesive composition has 1 or more photopolymerizable functional groups in 1 molecule. The photopolymerizable functional group may be any of radical polymerizability, cation polymerizability, and anion polymerizability, and is preferably a radical having an unsaturated double bond (ethylenically unsaturated group) from the viewpoint of excellent reactivity. polymerizable functional groups.

预聚物中含有未与聚合物反应的单体,未反应的单体保持着光聚合性。因此,在光固化性粘合剂组合物的制备中,并不一定需要添加光聚合性化合物。在向预聚物中添加光聚合性化合物的情况下,所添加的光聚合性化合物可以与用于制备预聚物的单体相同,也可以不同。The prepolymer contains monomers that have not reacted with the polymer, and the unreacted monomers maintain photopolymerization. Therefore, it is not necessarily necessary to add a photopolymerizable compound in the preparation of the photocurable adhesive composition. When adding a photopolymerizable compound to a prepolymer, the photopolymerizable compound to be added may be the same as or different from the monomer used to prepare the prepolymer.

在聚合物为丙烯酸类聚合物的情况下,从与聚合物的相容性高的角度出发,作为光聚合性化合物添加的化合物优选为作为光聚合性官能团具有(甲基)丙烯酰基的单体或低聚物。光聚合性化合物可以为在1分子中具有2个以上光聚合性官能团的多官能化合物。作为光聚合性的多官能化合物,可列举出多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作为多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,可列举出:聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚四亚甲基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、双酚A环氧乙烷改性二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、双酚A环氧丙烷改性二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、链烷二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三环癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、氨基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等2官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羟甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及乙氧基化异氰脲酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等3官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;二(三羟甲基丙烷)四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯等4官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯等以及二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等5官能以上的(甲基)丙烯酸酯。When the polymer is an acrylic polymer, the compound added as a photopolymerizable compound is preferably a monomer having a (meth)acryloyl group as a photopolymerizable functional group from the viewpoint of high compatibility with the polymer. or oligomers. The photopolymerizable compound may be a polyfunctional compound having two or more photopolymerizable functional groups in one molecule. As a photopolymerizable polyfunctional compound, polyfunctional (meth)acrylate is mentioned. Examples of polyfunctional (meth)acrylates include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and polytetramethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. , Bisphenol A ethylene oxide modified di(meth)acrylate, bisphenol A propylene oxide modified di(meth)acrylate, alkanediol di(meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane Dimethanol Di(meth)acrylate, Pentaerythritol Di(meth)acrylate, Neopentyl Glycol Di(meth)acrylate, Glycerin Di(meth)acrylate, Urethane Di(meth)acrylate Bifunctional (meth)acrylates such as esters; pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate and ethoxylated isocyanurate tri(meth)acrylate, etc. Functional (meth)acrylates; 4 functional (meth)acrylates such as di(trimethylolpropane)tetra(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate base) acrylates; pentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylates, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylates, etc., and pentafunctional or more (meth)acrylates.

在作为光聚合性化合物使用多官能化合物的情况下,关于多官能化合物的用量,相对于聚合物(包括预聚物)100重量份,优选为10重量份以下,更优选为0.001~1重量份,进一步优选为0.005~0.5重量份。在多官能单体的用量过大的情况下,有时光固化后的粘合剂层的粘性低,粘接力差。多官能化合物的用量为10重量份以下,可以为5重量份以下、3重量份以下或1重量份以下。多官能单体的用量可以为0,可以为0.001重量份以上、0.01重量份以上或0.1重量份以上。When a polyfunctional compound is used as the photopolymerizable compound, the amount of the polyfunctional compound is preferably 10 parts by weight or less, more preferably 0.001 to 1 part by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the polymer (including the prepolymer). , and more preferably 0.005 to 0.5 parts by weight. When the usage-amount of a polyfunctional monomer is too large, the viscosity of the adhesive layer after photocuring may become low and adhesive force may be inferior. The usage amount of the multifunctional compound is less than 10 parts by weight, may be less than 5 parts by weight, less than 3 parts by weight or less than 1 part by weight. The amount of the multifunctional monomer used may be 0, 0.001 parts by weight or more, 0.01 parts by weight or more, or 0.1 parts by weight or more.

在作为光聚合性化合物使用形成预聚物的单体的情况下,优选含羟基单体,更优选(甲基)丙烯酸2-羟乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羟丁酯。在作为光聚合性化合物使用含羟基单体的情况下,关于含羟基单体的用量,相对于聚合物(包括预聚物)100重量份,优选为40重量份以下,更优选为1~30重量份,进一步优选为5~20重量份。含羟基单体的用量为40重量份以下,可以为30重量份以下、20重量份以下。含羟基单体的用量可以为0,可以为1重量份以上、5重量份以上或10重量份以上。When using a prepolymer-forming monomer as the photopolymerizable compound, a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is preferable, and 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate are more preferable. When a hydroxyl-containing monomer is used as a photopolymerizable compound, the amount of the hydroxyl-containing monomer is preferably 40 parts by weight or less, more preferably 1 to 30 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the polymer (including the prepolymer). The weight part is more preferably 5 to 20 weight parts. The amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is less than 40 parts by weight, may be less than 30 parts by weight, or less than 20 parts by weight. The usage amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer may be 0, 1 part by weight or more, 5 parts by weight or more, or 10 parts by weight or more.

(光聚合引发剂)(photopolymerization initiator)

光固化性粘合剂组合物包含光聚合引发剂。光聚合引发剂通过照射紫外线等活性光线而产生自由基、酸、碱等,可以根据光聚合性化合物的种类等来适当选择。在光聚合性化合物为具有(甲基)丙烯酰基的化合物(例如单官能或多官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯)的情况下,作为光聚合引发剂,优选使用光自由基聚合引发剂。光聚合引发剂可以单独使用,也可以将2种以上混合使用。The photocurable adhesive composition contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator generates radicals, acids, bases and the like upon irradiation with active rays such as ultraviolet rays, and can be appropriately selected according to the type of photopolymerizable compound and the like. When the photopolymerizable compound is a compound having a (meth)acryloyl group (for example, a monofunctional or polyfunctional (meth)acrylate), a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably used as the photopolymerization initiator. A photoinitiator may be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

在前述聚合物(包括预聚物)的制备(聚合)时所使用的光聚合引发剂未失活地残留的情况下,可以省略光聚合引发剂的添加。在向聚合物中添加光聚合引发剂的情况下,所添加的光聚合引发剂可以与用于制备聚合物的光聚合引发剂相同,也可以不同。When the photopolymerization initiator used in the preparation (polymerization) of the aforementioned polymer (including the prepolymer) remains without deactivation, addition of the photopolymerization initiator can be omitted. When adding a photopolymerization initiator to a polymer, the photopolymerization initiator to be added may be the same as or different from the photopolymerization initiator used to prepare the polymer.

光固化性粘合剂组合物中包含的光聚合引发剂优选在后述的着色剂所产生的光吸收小的波长区域具有最大吸收。具体而言,光聚合引发剂优选在波长330~400nm的区域具有最大吸收。通过使光聚合引发剂在着色剂所产生的光吸收小的区域具有最大吸收,可抑制由着色剂导致的固化抑制,因此能够通过光固化来充分提高聚合率。作为在波长330~400nm的区域具有最大吸收的光自由基聚合引发剂,可列举出:羟基酮类、苯偶酰二甲基缩酮类、氨基酮类、酰基氧化膦类、二苯甲酮类、含三氯甲基的三嗪衍生物等。The photopolymerization initiator contained in the photocurable adhesive composition preferably has a maximum absorption in a wavelength region where light absorption by a colorant described later is small. Specifically, the photopolymerization initiator preferably has a maximum absorption in a wavelength region of 330 to 400 nm. Since the photopolymerization initiator has the maximum absorption in a region where the light absorption by the colorant is small, the inhibition of curing by the colorant can be suppressed, and thus the polymerization rate can be sufficiently increased by photocuring. Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators having a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 330 to 400 nm include hydroxy ketones, benzil dimethyl ketals, amino ketones, acyl phosphine oxides, and benzophenones. Classes, trichloromethyl-containing triazine derivatives, etc.

关于光固化性粘合剂组合物中的光聚合引发剂的含量,相对于单体总量(用于制备聚合物的单体和添加到聚合物中的光聚合性化合物)100重量份,为0.01~10重量份左右,优选为0.05~5重量份左右。Regarding the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the photocurable adhesive composition, it is About 0.01 to 10 parts by weight, preferably about 0.05 to 5 parts by weight.

(着色剂)(Colorant)

用于形成粘合剂层的光固化性粘合剂组合物包含着色剂。着色剂只要可以溶解或分散于光固化性粘合剂组合物,就可以是染料,也可以是颜料。从少量添加即能够实现低的雾度、容易像颜料一样无沉降性地均匀地分布的角度出发,优选染料。此外,从少量添加即获得高的显色性的角度出发,也优选颜料。在作为着色剂使用颜料的情况下,优选导电性低或没有导电性的颜料。此外,在使用染料的情况下,优选与后述的抗氧化剂等并用。The photocurable adhesive composition used for forming an adhesive layer contains a coloring agent. The coloring agent may be a dye or a pigment as long as it can be dissolved or dispersed in the photocurable adhesive composition. A dye is preferable from the viewpoint that low haze can be achieved by adding a small amount, and that it is easy to distribute uniformly without sedimentation like a pigment. In addition, pigments are also preferable from the viewpoint of obtaining high color rendering properties by adding a small amount. When a pigment is used as a colorant, a pigment having low or no conductivity is preferable. Moreover, when using a dye, it is preferable to use together with the antioxidant etc. mentioned later.

作为着色剂,可使用吸收可见光且具有紫外线透过性的着色剂。着色剂优选波长330~400nm的透过率的最大值大于波长400~700nm的透过率的最大值。此外,着色剂优选波长330~400nm的平均透过率大于波长400~700nm的平均透过率。关于着色剂的透过率,使用以波长400nm下的透过率为50~60%左右的方式利用四氢呋喃(THF)等适当的溶剂或分散介质(波长330~700nm的范围的吸收小的有机溶剂)进行稀释而得的溶液或分散液进行测定。As the colorant, a colorant that absorbs visible light and has ultraviolet transmittance can be used. The colorant preferably has a maximum value of transmittance at a wavelength of 330 to 400 nm greater than a maximum value of transmittance at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm. In addition, the colorant preferably has an average transmittance at a wavelength of 330 to 400 nm greater than that at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm. Regarding the transmittance of the colorant, use an appropriate solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF) or a dispersion medium (an organic solvent with small absorption in the range of wavelength 330 to 700 nm) so that the transmittance at a wavelength of 400 nm is about 50 to 60%. ) for the diluted solution or dispersion.

作为紫外线的吸收小于可见光的吸收的紫外线透过性的黑色颜料,可列举出:TOKUSHIKI CO.,Ltd.制造的“9050BLACK”、“UVBK-0001”等。作为紫外线透过性的黑色染料,可列举出:ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.制造的“SOC-L-0123”等。As an ultraviolet-transmissive black pigment whose absorption of ultraviolet rays is smaller than the absorption of visible light, "9050BLACK" by Tokushiki Co., Ltd., "UVBK-0001", etc. are mentioned. "SOC-L-0123" manufactured by ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. etc. are mentioned as an ultraviolet-ray transparent black dye.

一般作为黑色着色剂使用的炭黑、钛黑的紫外线的吸收大于可见光的吸收(紫外线透过率小于可见光透过率)。因此,如果向对紫外线具有灵敏度的光固化性粘合剂组合物中添加炭黑等着色剂,则为了光固化而照射的紫外线大部分会被着色剂吸收,光聚合引发剂所吸收的光量小,光固化会耗时(累积照射光量增多)。此外,在粘合剂层的厚度大的情况下,由于到达光照射面的相反侧的面的紫外线少,因此存在即使进行长时间的光照射、光固化仍不充分的倾向。与此相对,通过使用与可见光相比紫外线的透过率大的着色剂,能够抑制由着色剂导致的固化抑制。Carbon black and titanium black, which are generally used as black colorants, absorb more ultraviolet light than visible light (ultraviolet light transmittance is smaller than visible light transmittance). Therefore, if a colorant such as carbon black is added to a photocurable adhesive composition sensitive to ultraviolet rays, most of the ultraviolet rays irradiated for photocuring will be absorbed by the colorant, and the amount of light absorbed by the photopolymerization initiator will be small. , Photocuring will take time (the cumulative amount of light exposure will increase). In addition, when the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is large, since there are few ultraviolet rays reaching the surface opposite to the light-irradiated surface, photocuring tends to be insufficient even when light is irradiated for a long time. On the other hand, by using a colorant having a higher transmittance of ultraviolet rays than visible light, inhibition of curing by the colorant can be suppressed.

关于光固化性粘合剂组合物中的着色剂的含量,例如相对于单体总量100重量份,为0.01~20重量份左右,根据着色剂的种类、粘合剂层的色调及光透过率等来适当设定即可。着色剂可以以溶解或分散于适当的溶剂的溶液或分散液的形式添加至组合物。The content of the colorant in the photocurable adhesive composition is, for example, about 0.01 to 20 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of monomers. It is enough to set the rate appropriately. The colorant may be added to the composition in the form of a solution or dispersion dissolved or dispersed in an appropriate solvent.

(硅烷偶联剂)(A silane coupling agent)

在光固化性粘合剂组合物中,可以在不损害本发明的效果的范围内包含硅烷偶联剂。如果光固化性粘合剂组合物中包含硅烷偶联剂,则对玻璃的粘接可靠性(特别是高温高湿环境下对玻璃的粘接可靠性)提高,是优选的。In the photocurable adhesive composition, the silane coupling agent can be contained in the range which does not impair the effect of this invention. When the photocurable adhesive composition contains a silane coupling agent, the adhesion reliability to glass (particularly, the adhesion reliability to glass under a high-temperature and high-humidity environment) is improved, which is preferable.

作为前述硅烷偶联剂,没有特别限定,可优选列举出:γ-环氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基硅烷、γ-环氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基硅烷、γ-氨基丙基三甲氧基硅烷、N-苯基-氨基丙基三甲氧基硅烷、3-丙烯酰氧基丙基三甲氧基硅烷等。当中,优选γ-环氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基硅烷。此外,作为市售品,例如可列举出:商品名“KBM-403”(信越化学工业株式会社制造)。需要说明的是,硅烷偶联剂可以单独使用或将2种以上组合使用。The aforementioned silane coupling agent is not particularly limited, but preferred examples include: γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyl Trimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and the like. Among them, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane is preferable. Moreover, as a commercial item, a brand name "KBM-403" (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) is mentioned, for example. In addition, a silane coupling agent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

对光固化性粘合剂组合物中的硅烷偶联剂的含量没有特别限定,相对于聚合物100重量份,优选为0.01~1重量份,更优选为0.03~0.5重量份。The content of the silane coupling agent in the photocurable adhesive composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 1 part by weight, more preferably 0.03 to 0.5 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the polymer.

(其他成分)(other ingredients)

在第一方式中,光固化性粘合剂组合物可以包含除聚合物、光聚合性化合物、光聚合引发剂及着色剂以外的成分。例如,以光固化速度的调整等为目的,可以包含链转移剂。此外,以前述光固化性粘合剂组合物的粘度调整、粘合剂层的粘接力的调整等为目的,可以包含低聚物、赋粘剂。作为低聚物,例如可使用重均分子量为1000~30000左右的低聚物。作为低聚物,从与丙烯酸类聚合物的相容性优异的角度出发,优选丙烯酸类低聚物。前述光固化性粘合剂组合物可以包含增塑剂、软化剂、防劣化剂、填充剂、抗氧化剂、表面活性剂、抗静电剂等添加剂。In the first aspect, the photocurable adhesive composition may contain components other than a polymer, a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a colorant. For example, a chain transfer agent may be contained for the purpose of adjusting the photocuring rate or the like. In addition, an oligomer and a tackifier may be contained for the purpose of adjusting the viscosity of the photocurable adhesive composition, adjusting the adhesive force of the adhesive layer, and the like. As an oligomer, the oligomer whose weight average molecular weight is about 1000-30000 can be used, for example. As the oligomer, an acrylic oligomer is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent compatibility with an acrylic polymer. The aforementioned photocurable adhesive composition may contain additives such as plasticizers, softeners, anti-deterioration agents, fillers, antioxidants, surfactants, and antistatic agents.

[第二方式][Second way]

第二方式的粘合剂层是不进行光固化的类型的粘合剂层,是光固化性粘合剂组合物形成为片状而得的粘合剂层。由于第二方式的粘合剂层以未反应的状态包含光聚合性化合物,因此粘合剂层具有光固化性。The adhesive layer of the second aspect is a type that does not undergo photocuring, and is an adhesive layer formed by forming a photocurable adhesive composition into a sheet shape. Since the adhesive layer of the second aspect contains a photopolymerizable compound in an unreacted state, the adhesive layer has photocurability.

<光固化性粘合剂组合物><Photocurable Adhesive Composition>

用于形成第二方式的粘合剂层的光固化性粘合剂组合物含有聚合物、光聚合性化合物、光聚合引发剂以及着色剂。The photocurable adhesive composition for forming the adhesive layer of the second aspect contains a polymer, a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a colorant.

(聚合物)(polymer)

作为光固化性粘合剂组合物中包含的聚合物,与第一方式同样,可以应用各种聚合物,可适宜地使用丙烯酸类聚合物。构成丙烯酸类聚合物的单体成分与第一方式同样。As the polymer contained in the photocurable adhesive composition, various polymers can be applied in the same manner as in the first embodiment, and an acrylic polymer can be suitably used. The monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer are the same as those of the first embodiment.

为了利用后述的交联剂导入交联结构,优选在构成聚合物的单体成分中包含含羟基单体和/或含羧基单体。例如,在使用异氰酸酯类交联剂的情况下,优选含有含羟基单体作为单体成分。在使用环氧类交联剂的情况下,优选含有含羧基单体作为单体。In order to introduce a crosslinked structure by a crosslinking agent described later, it is preferable to include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer and/or a carboxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer components constituting the polymer. For example, when an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent is used, it is preferable to contain a hydroxyl group-containing monomer as a monomer component. When using an epoxy-type crosslinking agent, it is preferable to contain a carboxyl group-containing monomer as a monomer.

第二方式由于不在基材上进行光固化,因此为了形成固体状(一定形状)的粘合剂层,作为光固化性粘合剂组合物中包含的聚合物,可使用分子量较大的聚合物。聚合物的重均分子量例如为10万~200万左右。In the second mode, since photocuring is not performed on the base material, in order to form a solid (fixed shape) adhesive layer, a polymer with a relatively high molecular weight can be used as the polymer contained in the photocurable adhesive composition. . The weight-average molecular weight of the polymer is, for example, about 100,000 to 2 million.

由于高分子量的聚合物为固体,光固化性粘合剂组合物优选为聚合物溶解于有机溶剂的溶液。例如,通过对单体成分进行溶液聚合,可得到聚合物溶液。可以将固体的聚合物溶解于有机溶剂来制备聚合物溶液。Since a high-molecular-weight polymer is a solid, the photocurable adhesive composition is preferably a solution in which a polymer is dissolved in an organic solvent. For example, a polymer solution can be obtained by solution-polymerizing monomer components. A polymer solution can be prepared by dissolving a solid polymer in an organic solvent.

作为溶液聚合的溶剂,一般使用乙酸乙酯、甲苯等。溶液浓度通常为20~80重量%左右。作为聚合引发剂,优选使用偶氮类引发剂、过氧化物类引发剂、将过氧化物和还原剂组合而得的氧化还原类引发剂(例如过硫酸盐与亚硫酸氢钠的组合、过氧化物与抗坏血酸钠的组合)等热聚合引发剂。对聚合引发剂的用量没有特别限制,例如相对于形成聚合物的单体成分总量100重量份,优选为0.005~5重量份左右,更优选为0.02~3重量份左右。As a solvent for solution polymerization, ethyl acetate, toluene, and the like are generally used. The solution concentration is usually about 20 to 80% by weight. As the polymerization initiator, it is preferable to use an azo initiator, a peroxide initiator, a redox initiator obtained by combining a peroxide and a reducing agent (for example, a combination of persulfate and sodium bisulfite, a persulfate oxide and sodium ascorbate) and other thermal polymerization initiators. The amount of the polymerization initiator used is not particularly limited. For example, it is preferably about 0.005 to 5 parts by weight, more preferably about 0.02 to 3 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the total monomer components forming the polymer.

(光聚合性化合物)(photopolymerizable compound)

在第二方式中光固化性粘合剂组合物中包含的光聚合性化合物与前面针对第一方式所说明的同样,可使用具有1个或2个以上光聚合性官能团的化合物。The photopolymerizable compound contained in the photocurable adhesive composition in a 2nd aspect is the same as what was demonstrated about the 1st aspect above, and the compound which has 1 or 2 or more photopolymerizable functional groups can be used.

(光聚合引发剂)(photopolymerization initiator)

在第二方式中光固化性粘合剂组合物中包含的光聚合引发剂与前面针对第一方式所说明的同样,优选在波长330~400nm的区域具有最大吸收的光聚合引发剂。光聚合引发剂的量相对于聚合物100重量份为0.01~10重量份左右,优选为0.05~5重量份左右。The photopolymerization initiator contained in the photocurable adhesive composition in the second aspect is the same as that described above for the first aspect, and is preferably a photopolymerization initiator having a maximum absorption in a wavelength range of 330 to 400 nm. The quantity of a photoinitiator is about 0.01-10 weight part with respect to 100 weight part of polymers, Preferably it is about 0.05-5 weight part.

(着色剂)(Colorant)

在第二方式中光固化性粘合剂组合物中包含的着色剂与前面针对第一方式所说明的同样,优选波长330~400nm的透过率的最大值大于波长400~700nm的透过率的最大值。此外,着色剂优选波长330~400nm的平均透过率大于波长400~700nm的平均透过率。In the second aspect, the colorant contained in the photocurable adhesive composition is the same as that described above for the first aspect, and the maximum value of the transmittance at a wavelength of 330 to 400 nm is preferably greater than that at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm. the maximum value. In addition, the colorant preferably has an average transmittance at a wavelength of 330 to 400 nm greater than that at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm.

(交联剂)(crosslinking agent)

第二方式的光固化性粘合剂组合物优选包含能够与上述聚合物交联的交联剂。作为用于向聚合物中导入交联结构的交联剂的具体例子,可列举出:异氰酸酯类交联剂、环氧类交联剂、噁唑啉类交联剂、氮丙啶类交联剂、碳二亚胺类交联剂、金属螯合物类交联剂等。当中,从与聚合物的羟基、羧基的反应性高、容易导入交联结构的角度出发,优选异氰酸酯类交联剂和环氧类交联剂。这些交联剂与导入到聚合物中的羟基、羧基等官能团反应来形成交联结构。It is preferable that the photocurable adhesive composition of a 2nd aspect contains the crosslinking agent which can crosslink with the said polymer. Specific examples of crosslinking agents for introducing a crosslinked structure into polymers include isocyanate crosslinking agents, epoxy crosslinking agents, oxazoline crosslinking agents, and aziridine crosslinking agents. agent, carbodiimide crosslinking agent, metal chelate crosslinking agent, etc. Among them, isocyanate-based crosslinking agents and epoxy-based crosslinking agents are preferable from the viewpoint of high reactivity with the hydroxyl group and carboxyl group of the polymer and ease of introduction of a crosslinked structure. These crosslinking agents react with functional groups such as hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups introduced into the polymer to form a crosslinked structure.

作为异氰酸酯类交联剂,可使用在1分子中具有2个以上异氰酸酯基的多异氰酸酯。作为异氰酸酯类交联剂,例如可列举出:亚丁基二异氰酸酯、六亚甲基二异氰酸酯等低级脂肪族多异氰酸酯类;亚环戊基二异氰酸酯、亚环己基二异氰酸酯、异佛尔酮二异氰酸酯等脂环族异氰酸酯类;2,4-甲苯二异氰酸酯、4,4’-二苯基甲烷二异氰酸酯、苯二甲基二异氰酸酯等芳香族异氰酸酯类;三羟甲基丙烷/甲苯二异氰酸酯三聚体加成物(例如东曹株式会社制造“CORONATE L”)、三羟甲基丙烷/六亚甲基二异氰酸酯三聚体加成物(例如东曹株式会社制造“CORONATE HL”)、苯二甲基二异氰酸酯的三羟甲基丙烷加成物(例如三井化学株式会社制造“TAKENATE D110N”、六亚甲基二异氰酸酯的异氰脲酸酯体(例如东曹株式会社制造“CORONATE HX”)等异氰酸酯加成物等。As an isocyanate crosslinking agent, the polyisocyanate which has 2 or more isocyanate groups in 1 molecule can be used. Examples of isocyanate-based crosslinking agents include lower aliphatic polyisocyanates such as butylene diisocyanate and hexamethylene diisocyanate; cyclopentylene diisocyanate, cyclohexylene diisocyanate, and isophorone diisocyanate; Cycloaliphatic isocyanates such as 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate and other aromatic isocyanates; trimerization of trimethylolpropane/toluene diisocyanate Trimeric adducts (such as "CORONATE L" manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), trimethylolpropane/hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer adducts (such as "CORONATE HL" manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), benzene Trimethylolpropane adduct of methyl diisocyanate (such as "TAKENATE D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., isocyanurate body of hexamethylene diisocyanate (such as "CORONATE HX" manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and other isocyanate adducts, etc.

作为环氧类交联剂,可使用在1分子中具有2个以上环氧基的多官能环氧化合物。环氧类交联剂的环氧基可以是缩水甘油基。作为环氧类交联剂,例如可列举出:N,N,N’,N’-四缩水甘油基间二甲苯二胺、二缩水甘油基苯胺、1,3-双(N,N-二缩水甘油基氨基甲基)环己烷、1,6-己二醇二缩水甘油醚、新戊二醇二缩水甘油醚、乙二醇二缩水甘油醚、丙二醇二缩水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二缩水甘油醚、聚丙二醇二缩水甘油醚、山梨醇多缩水甘油醚、甘油多缩水甘油醚、季戊四醇多缩水甘油醚、聚甘油多缩水甘油醚、山梨醇酐多缩水甘油醚、三羟甲基丙烷多缩水甘油醚、己二酸二缩水甘油酯、邻苯二甲酸二缩水甘油酯、三缩水甘油基-三(2-羟乙基)异氰脲酸酯、间苯二酚二缩水甘油醚、双酚-S-二缩水甘油醚等。作为环氧类交联剂,可以使用Nagase ChemteX Corporation制造的“DENACOL”、三菱瓦斯化学株式会社制造的“TETRAD X”、“TETRAD C”等市售品。As an epoxy crosslinking agent, the polyfunctional epoxy compound which has 2 or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule can be used. The epoxy group of the epoxy crosslinking agent may be a glycidyl group. Examples of epoxy-based crosslinking agents include N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, diglycidylaniline, 1,3-bis(N,N-di Glycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol Diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, glycerin polyglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol polyglycidyl ether, polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether, sorbitan polyglycidyl ether, trimethylol Propane polyglycidyl ether, diglycidyl adipate, diglycidyl phthalate, triglycidyl-tris(2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate, resorcinol diglycidyl ether , Bisphenol-S-diglycidyl ether, etc. Commercial items such as "DENACOL" manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation and "TETRAD X" and "TETRAD C" manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd. can be used as the epoxy-based crosslinking agent.

交联剂的量相对于聚合物100重量份为0.01~5重量份左右,可以为0.05重量份以上、0.1重量份以上或0.2重量份以上,可以为3重量份以下、2重量份以下或1重量份以下。The amount of the crosslinking agent is about 0.01 to 5 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer, may be 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, or 0.2 parts by weight or more, may be 3 parts by weight or less, 2 parts by weight or less, or 1 part by weight. parts by weight or less.

(其他成分)(other ingredients)

第二方式的光固化性粘合剂组合物除了上述成分以外,还可以包含低聚物、赋粘剂、硅烷偶联剂、链转移剂、增塑剂、软化剂、防劣化剂、填充剂、抗氧化剂、表面活性剂、抗静电剂等。The photocurable adhesive composition of the second aspect may contain an oligomer, a tackifier, a silane coupling agent, a chain transfer agent, a plasticizer, a softener, an anti-deterioration agent, and a filler in addition to the above-mentioned components. , antioxidants, surfactants, antistatic agents, etc.

<溶剂型粘合剂组合物><Solvent-based adhesive composition>

在本实施方式中,粘合剂层2可以是由包含着色剂的溶剂型粘合剂组合物形成的粘合剂层(第三方式)。前述溶剂型粘合剂组合物在着色剂的基础上至少还包含聚合物和溶剂,可以包含交联剂。即,用于形成该实施方式的粘合剂层2的溶剂型粘合剂组合物含有聚合物、溶剂以及着色剂,可以根据需要而包含交联剂。本实施方式的粘合剂层2为对可见光具有光吸收的粘合剂层。In this embodiment, the adhesive layer 2 may be an adhesive layer formed of a solvent-based adhesive composition containing a colorant (third aspect). The aforementioned solvent-based adhesive composition further contains at least a polymer and a solvent in addition to a colorant, and may contain a crosslinking agent. That is, the solvent-based adhesive composition for forming the adhesive layer 2 of this embodiment contains a polymer, a solvent, and a colorant, and may contain a crosslinking agent as necessary. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 2 of the present embodiment is a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that absorbs visible light.

[第三方式][Third way]

第三方式的粘合剂层可以通过将含有聚合物、溶剂以及着色剂、根据需要而包含交联剂的溶剂型粘合剂组合物涂布在剥离薄膜上并将溶剂干燥去除来形成。The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the third aspect can be formed by applying a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a polymer, a solvent, a colorant, and a crosslinking agent if necessary, on a release film, and drying and removing the solvent.

用于形成第三方式的粘合剂层的溶剂型粘合剂组合物含有聚合物、溶剂以及着色剂,根据需要而包含交联剂。The solvent-based adhesive composition for forming the adhesive layer of the third aspect contains a polymer, a solvent, a colorant, and if necessary, a crosslinking agent.

(聚合物)(polymer)

作为溶剂型粘合剂组合物中包含的聚合物,与第一方式同样,可以应用各种聚合物,可适宜地使用丙烯酸类聚合物。构成丙烯酸类聚合物的单体成分与第一方式同样。As the polymer contained in the solvent-based adhesive composition, as in the first embodiment, various polymers can be applied, and an acrylic polymer can be suitably used. The monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer are the same as those of the first embodiment.

在第三方式中,为了在基材上形成固体状(一定形状)的粘合剂层,作为溶剂型粘合剂组合物中包含的聚合物,可使用分子量较大的聚合物。聚合物的重均分子量例如为10万~200万左右。In the third aspect, in order to form a solid (fixed shape) pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the substrate, a polymer having a relatively high molecular weight can be used as the polymer contained in the solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. The weight-average molecular weight of the polymer is, for example, about 100,000 to 2 million.

第三方式的溶剂型粘合剂组合物中包含的前述丙烯酸类聚合物可以是(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物。在粘合剂层2由含有(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物的溶剂型粘合剂组合物形成的情况下,由于高度差吸收性优异并且加工性也优异,因此能够不残留气泡地无间隙地对排列在显示面板的基板5上的多个LED芯片的高度差进行封装,并且加工性也优异,因而在保管时不易发生粘合剂层从端部渗出的不利情况。The aforementioned acrylic polymer contained in the solvent-based adhesive composition of the third aspect may be a (meth)acrylic block copolymer. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 2 is formed of a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a (meth)acrylic block copolymer, since it is excellent in height difference absorbability and processability, it can be formed without leaving air bubbles. The gaps between LED chips arranged on the substrate 5 of the display panel are packaged with gaps in height, and the processability is excellent, so it is difficult for the adhesive layer to ooze out from the end during storage.

在本实施方式中,优选的是,前述(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物具备:具有0℃以上且100℃以下的玻璃化转变温度的高Tg链段、以及具有-100℃以上且低于0℃的玻璃化转变温度的低Tg链段,在0℃以上的区域和低于0℃的区域分别具有tanδ的峰。In this embodiment, it is preferable that the aforementioned (meth)acrylic block copolymer includes: a high Tg segment having a glass transition temperature of 0°C to 100°C; The low Tg segment with a glass transition temperature of 0°C has peaks of tan δ in regions above 0°C and in regions below 0°C, respectively.

在本说明书中,有时将“具有0℃以上且100℃以下的玻璃化转变温度的高Tg链段”简称为“高Tg链段”,将“具有-100℃以上且低于0℃的玻璃化转变温度的低Tg链段”简称为“低Tg链段”,将0℃以上的区域的tanδ的峰简称为“高温区域tanδ峰”,将低于0℃的区域的tanδ的峰简称为“低温区域tanδ峰”,将具有前述高Tg链段、前述低Tg链段、前述高温区域tanδ峰以及低温区域tanδ峰的(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物称为“(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A”,将含有前述(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的溶剂型粘合剂组合物称为“溶剂型粘合剂组合物A”。In this specification, "a high Tg segment having a glass transition temperature of not less than 0°C and not more than 100°C" is sometimes simply referred to as a "high Tg segment", and "a glass segment having a glass transition temperature of not less than -100°C and not more than 0°C" The low Tg segment of transition temperature" is referred to as "low Tg segment", the peak of tanδ in the region above 0°C is referred to as "high temperature region tanδ peak", and the peak of tanδ in the region below 0°C is referred to as "Low temperature region tanδ peak", the (meth)acrylic block copolymer having the aforementioned high Tg segment, the aforementioned low Tg segment, the aforementioned high temperature region tanδ peak, and low temperature region tanδ peak is called "(meth)acrylic block copolymer block copolymer A", and the solvent-based adhesive composition containing the aforementioned (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is referred to as "solvent-based adhesive composition A".

高Tg链段和低Tg链段中的“链段”是指构成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的各嵌段单元的部分结构。The "segment" in the high Tg segment and the low Tg segment refers to the partial structure of each block unit constituting the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A.

前述(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的结构可以是线性嵌段共聚物、支链(星形)嵌段共聚物或它们的混合物。这种嵌段共聚物的结构根据所要求的嵌段共聚物的物性来适当选择即可,从成本面、制造容易性的角度来看,优选为线性嵌段共聚物。此外,线性嵌段共聚物可以是任一种结构(排列),从线性嵌段共聚物的物性或溶剂型粘合剂组合物A的物性的角度来看,优选为具有选自由(A-B)n型、(A-B)n-A型(n为1以上的整数、例如为1~3的整数)组成的组中的至少1种结构的嵌段共聚物。在这些结构中,A和B表示由不同的单体组成构成的链段。在本说明书中,有时将构成前述线性嵌段共聚物的A所表示的链段称为“A链段”,将B所表示的链段称为“B链段”。The structure of the aforementioned (meth)acrylic block copolymer A may be a linear block copolymer, a branched (star) block copolymer, or a mixture thereof. The structure of such a block copolymer may be appropriately selected according to the desired physical properties of the block copolymer, but a linear block copolymer is preferable from the viewpoint of cost and ease of production. In addition, the linear block copolymer may have any structure (arrangement), and from the viewpoint of the physical properties of the linear block copolymer or the physical properties of the solvent-based adhesive composition A, it is preferable to have a structure selected from (AB) n A block copolymer of at least one structure in the group consisting of type, (AB) n -A type (n is an integer of 1 or more, for example, an integer of 1 to 3). In these structures, A and B represent segments composed of different monomer compositions. In this specification, the segment represented by A constituting the linear block copolymer may be referred to as "A segment", and the segment represented by B may be referred to as "B segment".

这些当中,从制造容易性、溶剂型粘合剂组合物A的物性等的角度来看,优选为A-B所表示的AB型二嵌段共聚物、A-B-A所表示的ABA型三嵌段共聚物,更优选为ABA型三嵌段共聚物。认为ABA型三嵌段共聚物通过两端的A链段之间的伪交联,使得嵌段共聚物之间的交联结构成为更为高度的交联结构,嵌段共聚物的内聚力提高,能够表现出更高的密合性(附着力)。需要说明的是,在ABA型三嵌段共聚物中,位于两端的2个A链段可以彼此相同,也可以不同。Among these, from the viewpoints of ease of manufacture, physical properties of the solvent-based adhesive composition A, etc., an AB type diblock copolymer represented by A-B and an ABA type triblock copolymer represented by A-B-A are preferable, More preferred is an ABA type triblock copolymer. It is considered that the pseudo-crosslinking between the A chain segments at both ends of the ABA type triblock copolymer makes the crosslinking structure between the block copolymers become a more highly crosslinking structure, and the cohesive force of the block copolymer is improved, which can Exhibits higher adhesion (adhesion). It should be noted that, in the ABA type triblock copolymer, the two A segments located at both ends may be the same as or different from each other.

在(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A为ABA型三嵌段共聚物的情况下,在2个A链段及1个B链段(共3个)中,至少有一个为高Tg链段,至少有另一个为低Tg链段即可。从制造的容易性、溶剂型粘合剂组合物A的物性等的角度来看,优选A链段为前述高Tg链段、B链段为前述低Tg链段的ABA型三嵌段共聚物。在该情况下,优选2个A链段中至少有一个为高Tg链段、B链段为低Tg链段的ABA型三嵌段共聚物,更优选2个A链段均为高Tg链段、B链段为低Tg链段的ABA型三嵌段共聚物。When the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is an ABA type triblock copolymer, at least one of the two A segments and one B segment (3 in total) is a high Tg chain Segment, at least one other is a low Tg segment. From the viewpoints of ease of manufacture, physical properties of the solvent-based adhesive composition A, etc., an ABA-type triblock copolymer in which the A segment is the aforementioned high Tg segment and the B segment is the aforementioned low Tg segment is preferred. . In this case, it is preferred that at least one of the two A segments is a high Tg segment and the B segment is a low Tg segment, and it is more preferred that both A segments are high Tg chains. Segment and B segment are ABA type triblock copolymers with low Tg segment.

构成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的高Tg链段的玻璃化转变温度(Tg)如上所述,为0℃以上且100℃以下。通过使高Tg链段的Tg在该范围,存在下述倾向:容易将溶剂型粘合剂组合物A在室温(25℃)下的储能模量控制得较高,硬且加工性优异,并且在超过50℃的区域中储能模量显著降低,成为高流动性的粘合剂组合物。从能够提高溶剂型粘合剂组合物A在室温(25℃)下的加工性的角度来看,高Tg链段的Tg优选为4℃以上,更优选为6℃以上,进一步优选为8℃以上,更进一步优选为10℃以上,特别优选为12℃以上。另一方面,从在超过50℃的区域中溶剂型粘合剂组合物A的储能模量(G’)显著降低、容易形成高流动性的角度来看,高Tg链段的Tg优选为90℃以下,更优选为85℃以下,进一步优选为60℃以下,更进一步优选为50℃以下,特别优选为35℃以下。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the high Tg segment which comprises (meth)acryl-type block copolymer A is 0 degreeC or more and 100 degreeC or less as mentioned above. When the Tg of the high Tg segment is within this range, there is a tendency that the storage modulus of the solvent-based adhesive composition A at room temperature (25° C.) is easily controlled to be high, hard and excellent in workability, Furthermore, the storage modulus significantly decreases in the region exceeding 50° C., resulting in a highly fluid adhesive composition. From the viewpoint of improving the processability of the solvent-based adhesive composition A at room temperature (25°C), the Tg of the high Tg segment is preferably 4°C or higher, more preferably 6°C or higher, even more preferably 8°C above, more preferably 10°C or higher, particularly preferably 12°C or higher. On the other hand, the Tg of the high Tg segment is preferably 90°C or lower, more preferably 85°C or lower, even more preferably 60°C or lower, still more preferably 50°C or lower, particularly preferably 35°C or lower.

构成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的低Tg链段的Tg如上所述,为-100℃以上且低于0℃。通过使低Tg链段的玻璃Tg在该范围,存在下述倾向:在室温(25℃)下仅该低Tg链段发生流动化,在确保加工性的同时能够将适度的粘合力赋予溶剂型粘合剂组合物A。从在室温(25℃)下溶剂型粘合剂组合物A的储能模量不易降低、能够提高加工性的角度来看,低Tg链段的Tg优选为-95℃以上,更优选为-90℃以上,进一步优选为-80℃以上。另一方面,从能够在室温(25℃)下提高溶剂型粘合剂组合物A的适度的粘合力和加工性的角度来看,低Tg链段的Tg优选为-5℃以下,更优选为-10℃以下,进一步优选为-20℃以下,更进一步优选为-30℃以下,特别优选为-40℃以下。Tg of the low Tg segment constituting the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is -100°C or higher and lower than 0°C as described above. When the glass Tg of the low Tg segment is within this range, there is a tendency that only the low Tg segment becomes fluidized at room temperature (25°C), and moderate adhesive force can be imparted to the solvent while ensuring processability type adhesive composition A. The Tg of the low Tg segment is preferably -95°C or higher, more preferably - 90°C or higher, more preferably -80°C or higher. On the other hand, the Tg of the low Tg segment is preferably -5°C or less, more Preferably it is -10°C or lower, more preferably -20°C or lower, still more preferably -30°C or lower, particularly preferably -40°C or lower.

对构成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的高Tg链段与低Tg链段的Tg之差(高Tg链段的Tg-低Tg链段的Tg)没有特别限定,从容易将溶剂型粘合剂组合物A在室温(25℃)下的储能模量控制得较高、硬且加工性优异并且在超过50℃的区域中储能模量显著降低、成为高流动性的粘合剂组合物的角度来看,优选为30℃以上,更优选为35℃以上,更优选为40℃以上,更优选为45℃以上,进一步优选为50℃以上,特别优选为55℃以上,优选为120℃以下,更优选为115℃以下,更优选为110℃以下,更优选为105℃以下,进一步优选为100℃以下,特别优选为95℃以下。The difference between the Tg of the high Tg segment and the low Tg segment constituting the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A (Tg of the high Tg segment - Tg of the low Tg segment) is not particularly limited. The storage modulus of adhesive composition A at room temperature (25°C) is controlled to be high, hard and excellent in processability, and the storage modulus is significantly reduced in the region exceeding 50°C, resulting in a highly fluid adhesive. From the viewpoint of the mixture composition, it is preferably 30°C or higher, more preferably 35°C or higher, more preferably 40°C or higher, more preferably 45°C or higher, still more preferably 50°C or higher, particularly preferably 55°C or higher, It is preferably 120°C or lower, more preferably 115°C or lower, more preferably 110°C or lower, more preferably 105°C or lower, further preferably 100°C or lower, particularly preferably 95°C or lower.

构成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的高Tg链段及低Tg链段的玻璃化转变温度(Tg)为根据以下的Fox公式算出的计算玻璃化转变温度。该计算玻璃化转变温度是基于构成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的高Tg链段或低Tg链段的各单体成分的种类和量算出的,因此,可以通过选择各链段的单体成分的种类和量等来进行调节。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the high Tg segment and the low Tg segment which comprise (meth)acryl-type block copolymer A is the calculated glass transition temperature calculated by the following Fox formula. The calculated glass transition temperature is calculated based on the type and amount of each monomer component constituting the high Tg segment or the low Tg segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A. Therefore, by selecting each segment The type and amount of the monomer components are adjusted.

计算玻璃化转变温度(计算Tg)可以根据以下的Fox公式[1]算出。The calculated glass transition temperature (calculated Tg) can be calculated according to the following Fox formula [1].

1/计算Tg=W1/Tg(1)+W2/Tg(2)+…+Wn/Tg(n)[1]1/ Calculate Tg=W1/Tg(1)+W2/Tg(2)+...+Wn/Tg(n)[1]

在此,W1、W2、…Wn表示构成共聚物的单体成分(1)、单体成分(2)、…单体成分(n)相对于全部单体成分的各重量分数(重量%),Tg(1)、Tg(2)、…Tg(n)表示单体成分(1)、单体成分(2)、…单体成分(n)的均聚物的玻璃化转变温度(单位为绝对温度:K)。Here, W1, W2, ... Wn represent the respective weight fractions (% by weight) of monomer components (1), monomer components (2), ... monomer components (n) constituting the copolymer with respect to the total monomer components, Tg (1), Tg (2), ... Tg (n) represents the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of monomer component (1), monomer component (2), ... monomer component (n) (unit is absolute temperature: K).

需要说明的是,均聚物的玻璃化转变温度在各种文献、产品目录等中是公知的,例如记载于J.Brandup,E.H.Immergut,E.A.Grulke:Polymer Handbook:JOHNWILEY&SONS,INC。对于各种文献中没有数值记载的单体,可以采用利用常规的热分析、例如差示热分析、动态粘弹性测定法等测得的值。In addition, the glass transition temperature of a homopolymer is well-known in various literature, a catalog, etc., For example, it describes in J.Brandup, E.H.Immergut, E.A.Grulke: Polymer Handbook: JOHNWILEY & SONS, INC. For monomers for which there are no numerical descriptions in various literatures, values measured by conventional thermal analysis, such as differential thermal analysis, dynamic viscoelasticity measurement, and the like can be used.

(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A所具有的高温区域tanδ峰所出现的温度区域如前所述为0℃以上(例如为0℃以上且100℃以下)。通过使高温区域tanδ峰为该温度范围,存在下述倾向:容易将溶剂型粘合剂组合物A在室温(25℃)下的储能模量控制得较高,硬且加工性优异,并且在超过50℃的区域中储能模量显著降低,成为高流动性的粘合剂组合物。从能够提高溶剂型粘合剂组合物A在室温(25℃)下的加工性的角度来看,高温区域tanδ峰所出现的温度优选为3℃以上,更优选为6℃以上,进一步优选为9℃以上,更进一步优选为12℃以上,特别优选为15℃以上。另一方面,从在超过50℃的区域中溶剂型粘合剂组合物A的储能模量(G’)显著降低、容易形成高流动性的角度来看,高温区域tanδ峰所出现的温度优选为90℃以下,更优选为80℃以下,进一步优选为70℃以下,进一步优选为65℃以下,特别优选为60℃以下。The temperature range in which the high-temperature range tanδ peak of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A appears is 0° C. or higher (for example, 0° C. or higher and 100° C. or lower) as described above. By setting the tan δ peak in the high temperature region in this temperature range, there is a tendency that the storage modulus of the solvent-based adhesive composition A at room temperature (25° C.) can be easily controlled to be high, hard and excellent in workability, and In the region exceeding 50° C., the storage modulus is significantly lowered, and it becomes a highly fluid adhesive composition. From the viewpoint of improving the workability of the solvent-based adhesive composition A at room temperature (25° C.), the temperature at which the tan δ peak appears in the high-temperature region is preferably 3° C. or higher, more preferably 6° C. or higher, and even more preferably 9°C or higher, more preferably 12°C or higher, particularly preferably 15°C or higher. On the other hand, from the point of view that the storage modulus (G') of the solvent-based adhesive composition A significantly decreases in the region exceeding 50°C and high fluidity is easily obtained, the temperature at which the tanδ peak appears in the high-temperature region Preferably it is 90°C or lower, more preferably 80°C or lower, even more preferably 70°C or lower, even more preferably 65°C or lower, particularly preferably 60°C or lower.

(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A所具有的低温区域tanδ峰所出现的温度区域如前所述低于0℃(例如-100℃以上且低于0℃)。通过使低温区域tanδ峰在该温度范围,存在下述倾向:在室温(25℃)下仅该低Tg链段发生流动化,在确保加工性的同时能够将适度的粘合力赋予溶剂型粘合剂组合物A。从在室温(25℃)下溶剂型粘合剂组合物A的储能模量不易降低、能够提高加工性的角度来看,低温区域tanδ峰所出现的温度优选为-95℃以上,更优选为-90℃以上,进一步优选为-80℃以上,进一步优选为-70℃以上。另一方面,从能够在室温(25℃)下提高溶剂型粘合剂组合物A的适度的粘合力和加工性的角度来看,低温区域tanδ峰所出现的温度优选为-5℃以下,更优选为-10℃以下,进一步优选为-20℃以下,更进一步优选为-30℃以下,特别优选为-40℃以下。The temperature range in which the low-temperature range tanδ peak of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A appears is lower than 0° C. (for example, -100° C. or higher and lower than 0° C.) as described above. By setting the tanδ peak in the low temperature region in this temperature range, there is a tendency that only the low Tg segment becomes fluidized at room temperature (25°C), and moderate adhesive force can be imparted to solvent-based adhesives while ensuring processability. Mixture composition A. The temperature at which the tanδ peak appears in the low temperature range is preferably -95°C or higher, more preferably It is -90°C or higher, more preferably -80°C or higher, even more preferably -70°C or higher. On the other hand, the temperature at which the tan δ peak in the low temperature region appears is preferably -5°C or lower from the viewpoint of being able to improve the moderate adhesive force and processability of the solvent-based adhesive composition A at room temperature (25°C). , more preferably -10°C or lower, even more preferably -20°C or lower, even more preferably -30°C or lower, particularly preferably -40°C or lower.

对前述高温区域tanδ峰的极大值没有特别限定,优选为0.5~3.0。通过使高温区域tanδ峰的极大值在该范围,能够实现前述(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的优异的加工性和形状稳定性,在这一方面是优选的。前述高温区域tanδ峰的极大值从能够实现优异的加工性的角度来看,优选为0.6以上,更优选为0.7以上。此外,前述高温区域tanδ峰的极大值从不易产生压痕的角度来看,优选为2.5以下,更优选为2.2以下。The maximum value of the tanδ peak in the high temperature region is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 to 3.0. By making the maximum value of the tan δ peak in the high temperature region within this range, it is preferable in that the excellent processability and shape stability of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A can be achieved. The maximum value of the tanδ peak in the high-temperature region is preferably 0.6 or more, more preferably 0.7 or more, from the viewpoint of achieving excellent workability. In addition, the maximum value of the tan δ peak in the high-temperature region is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.2 or less, from the viewpoint that indentation is less likely to occur.

对前述低温区域tanδ峰的极大值没有特别限定,优选为0.1~2.0。通过使低温区域tanδ峰的极大值在该范围,能够实现前述(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的优异的加工性和形状稳定性,在这一方面是优选的。前述高温区域tanδ峰的极大值从能够实现优异的加工性的角度来看,优选为0.2以上,更优选为0.3以上。此外,前述低温区域tanδ峰的极大值从不易产生压痕的角度来看,优选为1.5以下,更优选为1以下。The maximum value of the tanδ peak in the low temperature region is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 2.0. By making the maximum value of the tan δ peak in the low temperature region within this range, it is preferable in that the excellent processability and shape stability of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A can be achieved. The maximum value of the tanδ peak in the high-temperature region is preferably 0.2 or more, more preferably 0.3 or more, from the viewpoint of achieving excellent workability. In addition, the maximum value of the tanδ peak in the low temperature region is preferably 1.5 or less, and more preferably 1 or less, from the viewpoint that indentation is less likely to occur.

需要说明的是,前述高温区域tanδ峰和低温区域tanδ峰、以及它们所出现的温度及极大值是通过动态粘弹性测定来测得的。It should be noted that the tanδ peak in the high-temperature region and the tanδ peak in the low-temperature region, the temperature at which they appear, and the maximum value are measured by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement.

(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A由将单体成分聚合而得到的多个链段(包括高Tg链段及低Tg链段)构成,该单体成分包括在分子中具有(甲基)丙烯酰基的单体(丙烯酸类单体)。The (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is composed of a plurality of segments (including high Tg segments and low Tg segments) obtained by polymerizing monomer components. ) acryloyl monomer (acrylic monomer).

(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A或其各链段相对于单体成分总量(100重量%),优选包含70重量%以上、更优选包含80重量%以上、特别优选包含90重量%以上的丙烯酸类单体。The (meth)acrylic block copolymer A or each segment thereof is contained preferably at least 70% by weight, more preferably at least 80% by weight, particularly preferably at least 90% by weight, based on the total amount of monomer components (100% by weight). The above acrylic monomers.

作为构成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A或其各链段(包括高Tg链段及低Tg链段)的丙烯酸类单体,包含具有直链状或支链状的烷基的丙烯酸烷基酯、和/或、来源于具有直链状或支链状的烷基的甲基丙烯酸烷基酯的单体成分作为按重量比例计最多的主要的单体单元。As the acrylic monomer constituting the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A or each segment (including a high Tg segment and a low Tg segment), an acrylic acid having a linear or branched alkyl group is included. An alkyl ester and/or a monomer component derived from an alkyl methacrylate having a linear or branched alkyl group is the main monomer unit having the largest proportion by weight.

作为用于形成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的链段的、具有直链状或支链状的烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,可列举出上述具有链状烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的具体例子。作为用于前述链段的该(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,可以使用一种(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,也可以使用两种以上的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。作为用于前述链段的该(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,优选使用选自由丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸正丁酯及丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、丙烯酸叔丁酯、丙烯酸己酯、丙烯酸庚酯、丙烯酸辛酯、丙烯酸异壬基组成的组中的至少一种。Examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate having a linear or branched alkyl group for forming the segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A include the above-mentioned Specific examples of alkyl (meth)acrylates. As the alkyl (meth)acrylate used for the aforementioned segment, one kind of alkyl (meth)acrylate may be used, or two or more kinds of alkyl (meth)acrylate may be used. As the alkyl (meth)acrylate used for the aforementioned segment, preferably used are selected from the group consisting of methyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, hexyl acrylate, and heptyl acrylate. , At least one of the group consisting of octyl acrylate and isononyl acrylate.

(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的链段可以包含来源于脂环式单体的单体单元。作为用于形成前述链段的单体单元的脂环式单体,可列举出上述具有脂环式烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的具体例子。前述脂环式烷基可以具有取代基。作为该取代基,可列举出:卤素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、碳数1~6的直链或支链的烷基(例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基等)等。对前述取代基的个数没有特别限定,可以从1~6个中适当选择。在该取代基存在2个以上的情况下,2个以上的取代基可以相同,也可以不同。作为用于前述链段的脂环式单体,可以使用一种脂环式单体,也可以使用两种以上的脂环式单体。作为用于前述链段的脂环式单体,优选为任选具有取代基(例如碳数1~6的直链或支链的烷基)的具有碳数为4~10的环烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸环烷基酯,更优选使用选自由丙烯酸环己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸3,3,5-三甲基环己酯组成的组中的至少一种。The segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A may contain a monomer unit derived from an alicyclic monomer. As an alicyclic monomer used for forming the monomer unit of the said segment, the specific example of the alkyl (meth)acrylate which has the said alicyclic alkyl group is mentioned. The aforementioned alicyclic alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of such substituents include halogen atoms (such as fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, and iodine atoms), straight-chain or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and base, isopropyl, etc.) and so on. The number of the aforementioned substituents is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from 1 to 6. When there are two or more substituents, the two or more substituents may be the same or different. As the alicyclic monomer used for the aforementioned segment, one type of alicyclic monomer may be used, or two or more alicyclic monomers may be used. As the alicyclic monomer used for the aforementioned segment, it is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 10 carbons optionally having a substituent (for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons). As cycloalkyl (meth)acrylate, it is more preferable to use at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclohexyl acrylate and 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate.

(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的链段可以包含来源于含羟基单体的单体单元。含羟基单体为在单体单元内具有至少一个羟基的单体。在(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A内的链段包含含羟基单体单元的情况下,在溶剂型粘合剂组合物A中容易获得粘接性、适度的内聚力。The segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A may contain a monomer unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer. A hydroxyl group-containing monomer is a monomer having at least one hydroxyl group within the monomer unit. When the segment in the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A contains a hydroxyl group-containing monomer unit, it is easy to obtain adhesiveness and moderate cohesion in the solvent-type adhesive composition A.

作为用于形成前述链段的单体单元的含羟基单体,可列举出上述含羟基单体的具体例子。作为用于前述链段的含羟基单体,可以使用一种含羟基单体,也可以使用两种以上的含羟基单体。作为用于前述链段的含羟基单体,优选为含羟基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯,更优选使用选自由丙烯酸2-羟乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羟乙酯、丙烯酸2-羟丙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羟丙酯、丙烯酸4-羟丁酯及甲基丙烯酸4-羟丁酯组成的组中的至少一种。Specific examples of the above-mentioned hydroxyl-containing monomers can be mentioned as the hydroxyl-containing monomer used to form the monomer unit of the aforementioned segment. As the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used for the aforementioned segment, one type of hydroxyl group-containing monomer may be used, or two or more types of hydroxyl group-containing monomers may be used. As the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used for the aforementioned chain segment, preferably a hydroxyl group-containing (meth)acrylate, more preferably used selected from the group consisting of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate. At least one of the group consisting of ester, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate.

(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的链段可以包含来源于含氮原子单体的单体单元。含氮原子单体为在单体单元内具有至少一个氮原子的单体。在(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的链段包含含氮原子单体单元的情况下,在溶剂型粘合剂组合物A中容易获得硬度、良好的粘接可靠性。The segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A may contain a monomer unit derived from a nitrogen atom-containing monomer. A nitrogen atom-containing monomer is a monomer having at least one nitrogen atom within the monomer unit. When the segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A contains a nitrogen atom-containing monomer unit, in the solvent-based adhesive composition A, hardness and good adhesion reliability can be easily obtained.

作为用于形成前述链段的含氮原子单体,可列举出上述含氮原子单体的具体例子。作为用于丙烯酸类聚合物的含氮原子单体,可以使用一种含氮原子单体,也可以使用两种以上的含氮原子单体。作为用于前述链段的含氮原子单体,优选使用N-乙烯基-2-吡咯烷酮。As the nitrogen atom-containing monomer used to form the aforementioned segment, specific examples of the nitrogen atom-containing monomer described above can be mentioned. As the nitrogen-atom-containing monomer used in the acrylic polymer, one kind of nitrogen-atom-containing monomer may be used, or two or more kinds of nitrogen-atom-containing monomers may be used. As the nitrogen atom-containing monomer used for the aforementioned segment, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone is preferably used.

(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的链段可以包含来源于含羧基单体的单体单元。含羧基单体为单体单元内具有至少一个羧基的单体。在(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的链段包含含羧基单体单元的情况下,在溶剂型粘合剂组合物A中有时可获得良好的粘接可靠性。The segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A may contain a monomer unit derived from a carboxyl group-containing monomer. A carboxyl group-containing monomer is a monomer having at least one carboxyl group in a monomer unit. In the case where the segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A contains a carboxyl group-containing monomer unit, in the solvent-type adhesive composition A, good adhesion reliability may be obtained in some cases.

作为用于形成前述链段的单体单元的含羧基单体,可列举出上述含羧基单体的具体例子。作为用于前述链段的含羧基单体,可以使用一种含羧基单体,也可以使用两种以上的含羧基单体。作为用于前述链段的含羧基单体,优选使用丙烯酸。Specific examples of the above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing monomers can be mentioned as the carboxyl group-containing monomer used to form the monomer unit of the aforementioned segment. As the carboxyl group-containing monomer used for the aforementioned segment, one kind of carboxyl group-containing monomer may be used, or two or more kinds of carboxyl group-containing monomers may be used. As the carboxyl group-containing monomer used for the aforementioned segment, acrylic acid is preferably used.

进而,作为用于形成前述链段的单体单元,可列举出上述其他单体。关于构成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的链段的单体单元中的其他单体的含量,只要相对于单体成分总量(100重量%)为30重量%以下,则没有特别限定,可在不损害本发明的效果的范围内适当选择。Furthermore, as a monomer unit for forming the said segment, the said other monomer is mentioned. The content of other monomers in the monomer units constituting the segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is not particularly limited as long as it is 30% by weight or less based on the total amount of the monomer components (100% by weight). The limitation can be appropriately selected within the range that does not impair the effect of the present invention.

作为构成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的高Tg链段的单体成分,从容易将高Tg链段的Tg控制在规定的范围、能够赋予(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A以期望的物性的角度来看,优选含有选自由具有碳数为1~3的直链状的烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯(以下有时称为“(甲基)丙烯酸C1-3直链状烷基酯”)、具有碳数为3或4的支链状的烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯(以下有时称为“(甲基)丙烯酸C3-4支链状烷基酯”)及脂环式单体组成的组中的至少1种。这些单体的均聚物具有比较高的Tg,因此通过含有选自它们中的单体作为构成高Tg链段的单体成分,容易将高Tg链段的Tg控制在本发明规定的范围。As a monomer component constituting the high Tg segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A, it is easy to control the Tg of the high Tg segment within a predetermined range, and it is possible to give the (meth)acrylic block copolymer From the viewpoint of desired physical properties, Alkyl (meth)acrylate (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(meth)acrylic acid C 1 -3 linear alkyl esters"), alkyl (meth)acrylates having branched alkyl groups with 3 or 4 carbon atoms (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(meth)acrylic acid C 3-4 branched At least one of the group consisting of "chain alkyl ester") and alicyclic monomers. Homopolymers of these monomers have relatively high Tg. Therefore, by containing monomers selected from them as monomer components constituting the high Tg segment, it is easy to control the Tg of the high Tg segment within the range specified in the present invention.

作为前述脂环式单体,优选为任选具有取代基(例如碳数1~6的直链或支链的烷基)的具有碳数为4~10的环烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸环烷基酯,更优选为任选具有取代基(例如碳数1~6的直链或支链的烷基)的具有碳数为4~10的环烷基的丙烯酸环烷基酯,特别优选为丙烯酸环己酯(均聚物的Tg:15℃)、(甲基)丙烯酸3,3,5-三甲基环己酯(均聚物的Tg:52℃)。As the aforementioned alicyclic monomer, (meth)acrylic acid having a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 10 carbons optionally having a substituent (such as a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons) is preferable. A cycloalkyl ester, more preferably a cycloalkyl acrylate having a cycloalkyl group with a carbon number of 4 to 10 optionally having a substituent (such as a linear or branched alkyl group with a carbon number of 1 to 6), especially Preferred are cyclohexyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: 15°C) and 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: 52°C).

在作为构成高Tg链段的单体成分含有脂环式单体的情况下,脂环式单体相对于单体成分总量(100重量%)的含量从容易将高Tg链段的Tg控制在规定的范围、能够赋予(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A以期望的物性的角度来看,优选为10重量%以上(例如为10~100重量%),更优选为20重量%以上,更优选为30重量%以上,更优选为30重量%以上,更优选为40重量%以上,更优选为50重量%以上,更优选为60重量%以上,更优选为70重量%以上,更优选为80重量%以上,更优选为80重量%以上,进一步优选为90重量%以上,特别优选为95重量%以上。In the case where an alicyclic monomer is contained as a monomer component constituting the high Tg segment, the content of the alicyclic monomer relative to the total amount (100% by weight) of the monomer component can easily control the Tg of the high Tg segment. In the predetermined range, it is preferably 10% by weight or more (for example, 10 to 100% by weight), and more preferably 20% by weight or more from the viewpoint of being able to impart desired physical properties to the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A , more preferably 30% by weight or more, more preferably 30% by weight or more, more preferably 40% by weight or more, more preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably It is preferably 80% by weight or more, more preferably 80% by weight or more, still more preferably 90% by weight or more, particularly preferably 95% by weight or more.

作为前述(甲基)丙烯酸C1-3直链状烷基酯,优选丙烯酸C1-3直链状烷基酯,特别优选丙烯酸甲酯(均聚物的Tg:8℃)。The C 1-3 linear alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably a C 1-3 linear alkyl acrylate, particularly methyl acrylate (Tg of the homopolymer: 8° C.).

作为前述(甲基)丙烯酸C3-4支链状烷基酯,优选丙烯酸C3-4支链状烷基酯,特别优选丙烯酸叔丁酯(均聚物的Tg:35℃)。As the aforementioned C 3-4 branched alkyl (meth)acrylate, a C 3-4 branched alkyl acrylate is preferable, and tert-butyl acrylate is particularly preferable (Tg of a homopolymer: 35° C.).

在作为构成高Tg链段的单体成分含有(甲基)丙烯酸C1-3直链状烷基酯和/或(甲基)丙烯酸C3-4支链状烷基酯的情况下,关于(甲基)丙烯酸C1-3直链状烷基酯和/或(甲基)丙烯酸C3-4支链状烷基酯相对于单体成分总量(100重量%)的含量从容易将高Tg链段的Tg控制在规定的范围、能够赋予(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A以期望的物性的角度来看,优选为10重量%以上(例如为10~100重量%),更优选为20重量%以上,更优选为30重量%以上,更优选为30重量%以上,更优选为40重量%以上,更优选为50重量%以上,更优选为60重量%以上,更优选为70重量%以上,更优选为80重量%以上,更优选为80重量%以上,进一步优选为90重量%以上,特别优选为95重量%以上。In the case of containing a C 1-3 linear alkyl (meth)acrylate and/or a C 3-4 branched alkyl (meth)acrylate as a monomer component constituting a high Tg segment, regarding The content of C 1-3 linear alkyl (meth)acrylate and/or C 3-4 branched alkyl (meth)acrylate relative to the total amount of monomer components (100% by weight) can be easily adjusted from From the viewpoint of controlling the Tg of the high Tg segment within a predetermined range and imparting desired physical properties to the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A, it is preferably 10% by weight or more (for example, 10 to 100% by weight), More preferably 20% by weight or more, more preferably 30% by weight or more, more preferably 30% by weight or more, more preferably 40% by weight or more, more preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably It is 70% by weight or more, more preferably 80% by weight or more, more preferably 80% by weight or more, still more preferably 90% by weight or more, particularly preferably 95% by weight or more.

作为构成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的低Tg链段的单体成分,从容易将低Tg链段的Tg控制在规定的范围、能够赋予(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A以期望的物性的角度来看,优选含有选自由具有碳数为4~18的直链或支链状的烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯(以下有时称为“(甲基)丙烯酸C4-18烷基酯”)及含羟基单体组成的组中的至少1种。即,(甲基)丙烯酸C4-18烷基酯的均聚物具有较低的Tg,因此通过含有其作为构成低Tg链段的单体成分,容易将低Tg链段的Tg控制在本发明规定的范围。另一方面,含羟基单体也具有较低的Tg,进而,在(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A中容易获得粘接性、适度的内聚力。因此,作为构成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的低Tg链段的单体成分,进一步优选含有(甲基)丙烯酸C4-18烷基酯和含羟基单体这两者。As a monomer component constituting the low Tg segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A, it is easy to control the Tg of the low Tg segment within a predetermined range, and it is possible to give the (meth)acrylic block copolymer From the viewpoint of desired physical properties, it is preferable to contain an alkyl (meth)acrylate (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(methyl) At least one of the group consisting of C 4-18 alkyl acrylate") and hydroxyl-containing monomers. That is, the homopolymer of C 4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate has a relatively low Tg, so by containing it as a monomer component constituting the low Tg segment, it is easy to control the Tg of the low Tg segment to this value. scope of the invention. On the other hand, the hydroxyl group-containing monomer also has a low Tg, and furthermore, in the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A, it is easy to obtain adhesiveness and moderate cohesive force. Therefore, as monomer components constituting the low Tg segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A, it is more preferable to contain both a C 4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate and a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.

作为前述(甲基)丙烯酸C4-18烷基酯,优选丙烯酸C4-18烷基酯,特别优选丙烯酸丁酯(均聚物的Tg:-55℃)、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(均聚物的Tg:-70℃)、丙烯酸正己基(均聚物的Tg:-57℃)、丙烯酸正辛酯(均聚物的Tg:-65℃)、丙烯酸异壬酯(均聚物的Tg:-58℃)。As the aforementioned C 4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate, C 4-18 alkyl acrylate is preferred, especially butyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: -55°C), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate ( Homopolymer Tg: -70°C), n-hexyl acrylate (homopolymer Tg: -57°C), n-octyl acrylate (homopolymer Tg: -65°C), isononyl acrylate (homopolymer Tg: -58°C).

在作为构成低Tg链段的单体成分含有(甲基)丙烯酸C4-18烷基酯的情况下,关于(甲基)丙烯酸C4-18烷基酯相对于单体成分总量(100重量%)的含量,从容易将低Tg链段的Tg控制在规定的范围、能够赋予(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A以期望的物性的角度来看,优选为10重量%以上(例如为10~100重量%),更优选为20重量%以上,更优选为30重量%以上,更优选为30重量%以上,更优选为40重量%以上,更优选为50重量%以上,更优选为60重量%以上,更优选为70重量%以上,更优选为80重量%以上,更优选为80重量%以上,进一步优选为90重量%以上,特别优选为95重量%以上。In the case of containing a C 4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate as a monomer component constituting a low Tg segment, the ratio of the C 4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate to the total amount of monomer components (100 % by weight) is preferably at least 10% by weight ( For example, 10 to 100% by weight), more preferably 20% by weight or more, more preferably 30% by weight or more, more preferably 30% by weight or more, more preferably 40% by weight or more, more preferably 50% by weight or more, and more preferably It is preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 80% by weight or more, more preferably 80% by weight or more, still more preferably 90% by weight or more, particularly preferably 95% by weight or more.

作为前述含羟基单体,优选含羟基(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,特别优选丙烯酸4-羟丁酯(均聚物的Tg:-65℃)、丙烯酸2-羟乙酯(均聚物的Tg:-15℃)。As the aforementioned hydroxyl group-containing monomers, hydroxyl group-containing alkyl (meth)acrylates are preferred, especially 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: -65°C), 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer) Tg: -15°C).

在作为构成低Tg链段的单体成分含有含羟基单体的情况下,关于含羟基单体相对于单体成分总量(100重量%)的含量,从容易将低Tg链段的Tg控制在规定的范围、能够赋予(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A以期望的物性的角度来看,优选为1重量%以上,更优选为1.5重量%以上,更优选为2重量%以上,进一步优选为2.5重量%以上,特别优选为3重量%以上。另一方面,含羟基单体相对于单体成分总量(100重量%)的含量优选为50重量%以下,更优选为40重量%以下,更优选为30重量%以下,更优选为20重量%以下,进一步优选为10重量%以下,特别优选为5重量%以下。When a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is contained as a monomer component constituting the low Tg segment, it is easy to control the Tg of the low Tg segment with respect to the content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer relative to the total amount (100% by weight) of the monomer components. In the predetermined range, from the viewpoint of being able to impart desired physical properties to the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A, it is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 1.5% by weight or more, and more preferably 2% by weight or more. More preferably, it is 2.5 weight% or more, Especially preferably, it is 3 weight% or more. On the other hand, the content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, more preferably 30% by weight or less, and more preferably 20% by weight relative to the total amount of monomer components (100% by weight). % or less, more preferably 10% by weight or less, particularly preferably 5% by weight or less.

在作为构成(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的低Tg链段的单体成分含有(甲基)丙烯酸C4-18烷基酯和含羟基单体这双方的情况下,对含羟基单体与(甲基)丙烯酸C4-18烷基酯的比率(含羟基单体/(甲基)丙烯酸C4-18烷基酯)没有特别限定,下限值优选为1/99,更优选为1.5/98.5,更优选为2/98,进一步优选为2.5/97.5,特别优选为3/97,另一方面,上限值优选为50/50,更优选为40/60,更优选为30/70,进一步优选为20/80。In the case where both the C4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate and the hydroxyl-containing monomer are contained as monomer components constituting the low Tg segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A, the hydroxyl-containing The ratio of the monomer to the C 4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate (hydroxyl-containing monomer/C 4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate) is not particularly limited, and the lower limit is preferably 1/99, more preferably Preferably 1.5/98.5, more preferably 2/98, further preferably 2.5/97.5, particularly preferably 3/97, on the other hand, the upper limit is preferably 50/50, more preferably 40/60, more preferably 30/70, more preferably 20/80.

(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A可以通过上述单体成分的活性自由基聚合法来制造。活性自由基聚合法在下述方面是优选的:在保持现有的自由基聚合法的简便性和通用性的同时,不容易发生终止反应、链转移,生长末端不会失活地进行生长,因此容易精密控制分子量分布、制造组成均匀的聚合物。The (meth)acrylic block copolymer A can be produced by the living radical polymerization method of the above-mentioned monomer components. The living radical polymerization method is preferable in the following aspects: while maintaining the simplicity and versatility of the existing radical polymerization method, termination reaction and chain transfer are not easy to occur, and the growth terminal does not grow inactivated, so It is easy to precisely control the molecular weight distribution and produce polymers with uniform composition.

在活性自由基聚合法中,可以先制造高Tg链段再使低Tg链段的单体与高Tg链段聚合;也可以先制造低Tg链段再使高Tg链段的单体与低Tg链段聚合。In the living radical polymerization method, the high Tg segment can be produced first, and then the monomer of the low Tg segment can be polymerized with the high Tg segment; Polymerization of Tg segments.

在(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A为ABA型三嵌段共聚物的情况下,从制造容易性的角度来看,优选先制造A链段再使B链段的单体与A链段聚合。In the case where the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is an ABA type triblock copolymer, from the viewpoint of ease of manufacture, it is preferable to first manufacture the A segment and then combine the monomers of the B segment with the A chain segment aggregation.

前述活性自由基聚合法可以没有特别限定地使用公知的方法,根据使聚合生长末端稳定化的方法的不同,存在:使用过渡金属催化剂的方法(ATRP法);使用硫类的可逆加成-断裂链转移剂(RAFT剂)的方法(RAFT法);使用有机碲化合物的方法(TERP法)等方法。这些方法当中,从所能够使用的单体的多样性、分子量控制的容易性、金属不会残留于溶剂型粘合剂组合物等的角度来看,优选使用RAFT法。The above-mentioned living radical polymerization method can use known methods without particular limitation, and depending on the method of stabilizing the end of the polymerization growth, there are: a method using a transition metal catalyst (ATRP method); a reversible addition-fragmentation method using sulfur A method (RAFT method) using a chain transfer agent (RAFT agent); a method using an organotellurium compound (TERP method); and the like. Among these methods, the RAFT method is preferably used from the viewpoint of diversity of monomers that can be used, ease of molecular weight control, and absence of metal residues in the solvent-based adhesive composition.

前述RAFT法可以没有特别限定地使用公知的方法,例如具有下述工序:工序1,例如使用RAFT剂将单体成分聚合来制备第一链段(第一RAFT聚合);以及工序2,对工序1中得到的第一链段进一步添加/聚合与工序1中的单体组成不同的单体成分,将第二链段加成至第一链段(第二RAFT聚合)。在第二RAFT聚合之后,进一步与第二RAFT聚合同样地进行第3、4…的RAFT聚合,可以进一步加成第3、4…的链段。The above-mentioned RAFT method can use a known method without particular limitation, for example, it has the following steps: Step 1, for example, using a RAFT agent to polymerize the monomer component to prepare the first segment (first RAFT polymerization); and Step 2, for the step The first segment obtained in step 1 is further added/polymerized with a monomer component different from the monomer composition in step 1, and the second segment is added to the first segment (second RAFT polymerization). After the second RAFT polymerization, the 3rd, 4th... RAFT polymerizations are further performed in the same manner as the 2nd RAFT polymerization, and the 3rd, 4th... segments can be further added.

前述工序1、工序2可以利用公知惯用的方法来进行,例如可列举出:溶液聚合方法、乳液聚合方法、本体聚合方法、基于热量、活性能量射线照射的聚合方法(热聚合方法、活性能量射线聚合方法)等。当中,在透明性、耐水性、成本等方面,优选溶液聚合方法。需要说明的是,聚合从抑制由氧气导致的聚合抑制的角度来看,优选避免与氧气的接触来进行。例如优选在氮气气氛下进行聚合。The aforementioned steps 1 and 2 can be carried out by known and commonly used methods, for example, a solution polymerization method, an emulsion polymerization method, a bulk polymerization method, a polymerization method based on heat or active energy ray irradiation (thermal polymerization method, active energy ray irradiation, etc.) aggregation method), etc. Among them, the solution polymerization method is preferable in terms of transparency, water resistance, cost, and the like. It should be noted that, from the viewpoint of suppressing polymerization inhibition by oxygen, the polymerization is preferably performed while avoiding contact with oxygen. For example, polymerization is preferably performed under a nitrogen atmosphere.

在(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A为ABA型三嵌段共聚物的情况下,优选在前述工序1中制备A链段、在前述工序2中对所得A链段加成B链段来制备。该情况下,优选高Tg链段作为A链段、低Tg链段作为B链段。When the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is an ABA type triblock copolymer, it is preferable to prepare the A segment in the aforementioned step 1, and to add the B segment to the obtained A segment in the aforementioned step 2. to prepare. In this case, it is preferable to use the high Tg segment as the A segment and the low Tg segment as the B segment.

作为前述RAFT剂,可以没有特别限定地使用公知的物质,例如优选下述式(1)、式(2)、或式(3)所示的化合物(三硫代碳酸酯、二硫代酯、二硫代碳酸酯)。As the aforementioned RAFT agent, known substances can be used without particular limitation, for example, compounds represented by the following formula (1), formula (2) or formula (3) (trithiocarbonate, dithioester, dithiocarbonate).

Figure BDA0003871203040000381
Figure BDA0003871203040000381

式(1)、式(2)、或式(3)[式(1)~(3)]中,R1a及R1b相同或不同,表示氢原子、烃基或氰基。R1c表示任选具有氰基的烃基。关于作为上述R1a、R1b及R1c的烃基,例如可列举出碳数1~20的烃基(直链、支链或环状的饱和或不饱和的烃基等),当中,优选碳数1~12的烃基。作为上述烃基,具体而言,例如可列举出:甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、正丁基、异丁基、叔丁基、环己基、十二烷基、十八烷基等碳数1~12的直链、支链或环状的烷基;苯基等碳数6~12的芳基;苄基、苯乙基等总碳数7~10的芳基烷基等。关于作为上述R1c的具有氰基的烃基,例如可列举出上述烃基所具有的1~3个氢原子被氰基取代而得的基团等。In formula (1), formula (2), or formula (3) [formulas (1) to (3)], R 1a and R 1b are the same or different, and represent a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group or a cyano group. R 1c represents a hydrocarbon group optionally having a cyano group. The hydrocarbon groups as the above-mentioned R 1a , R 1b and R 1c include, for example, hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (straight-chain, branched-chain or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, etc.), among which carbon number 1 is preferred. ~12 hydrocarbon groups. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclohexyl, dodecyl, octadecyl Straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl groups with 1 to 12 carbons such as radicals; aryl groups with 6 to 12 carbons such as phenyl; arylalkyl groups with 7 to 10 carbons in total such as benzyl and phenethyl Wait. Examples of the hydrocarbon group having a cyano group as R 1c include groups in which 1 to 3 hydrogen atoms of the hydrocarbon group are substituted with cyano groups.

式(1)~(3)中,R2表示烃基或该烃基所具有的一部分氢原子被羧基取代而得的基团(例如羧基烷基)。作为上述烃基,例如可列举出碳数1~20的烃基(直链、支链或环状的饱和或不饱和的烃基等),当中,优选碳数1~12的烃基。作为烃基,具体而言,例如可列举出:甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、正丁基、异丁基、叔丁基、环己基、十二烷基、十八烷基等碳数1~12的直链、支链或环状的烷基;苄基、苯乙基等总碳数7~10的芳基烷基等。In the formulas (1) to (3), R 2 represents a hydrocarbon group or a group obtained by substituting a part of the hydrogen atoms of the hydrocarbon group with carboxyl groups (for example, carboxyalkyl). Examples of the hydrocarbon group include hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbons (straight chain, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, etc.), among which hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 12 carbons are preferred. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclohexyl, dodecyl, octadecyl Linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups with 1 to 12 carbons; arylalkyls with 7 to 10 total carbons such as benzyl and phenethyl, etc.

RAFT法以原料单体插入式(1)~(3)所示的RAFT剂中的硫原子与邻接于该硫原子的亚甲基之间的方式反应,进行聚合。In the RAFT method, a raw material monomer is polymerized by reacting so that a sulfur atom in the RAFT agent represented by formulas (1) to (3) is inserted into a methylene group adjacent to the sulfur atom.

前述RAFT剂的大多数可以在商业上购得。无法在商业上购得的可以利用公知惯用的方法来容易地合成。需要说明的是,在本发明中RAFT剂可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。Most of the aforementioned RAFT agents are commercially available. Those that are not commercially available can be easily synthesized by known and customary methods. In the present invention, RAFT agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作为RAFT剂,可列举出:三硫代碳酸二苄酯、三硫代碳酸S-氰基甲基-S-十二烷基酯等三硫代碳酸酯类;二硫代丙酸氰基乙酯、二硫代丙酸苄酯、二硫代苯甲酸苄酯、二硫代苯甲酸乙酰氧基乙酯等二硫代酯类;二硫代碳酸O-乙基-S-(1-苯基乙基)酯、二硫代碳酸O-乙基-S-(2-丙氧基乙基)酯、二硫代碳酸O-乙基-S-(1-氰基-1-甲基乙基)酯等二硫代碳酸酯类等,其中,优选三硫代碳酸酯类,更优选在式(1)中具有左右对称结构的三硫代碳酸酯类,特别优选三硫代碳酸二苄酯、三硫代碳酸双{4-[乙基-(2-乙酰氧基乙基)氨基甲酰基]苄基}酯。Examples of the RAFT agent include trithiocarbonates such as dibenzyl trithiocarbonate and S-cyanomethyl-S-dodecyl trithiocarbonate; cyanoethyl dithiopropionate; dithioesters, benzyl dithiopropionate, benzyl dithiobenzoate, acetoxyethyl dithiobenzoate and other dithioesters; dithiocarbonic acid O-ethyl-S-(1-benzene Ethyl) ester, O-ethyl-S-(2-propoxyethyl) dithiocarbonate, O-ethyl-S-(1-cyano-1-methylethyl) dithiocarbonate Dithiocarbonate esters such as base) esters, etc., among them, preferred trithiocarbonate esters, more preferably trithiocarbonate esters having a left-right symmetrical structure in formula (1), particularly preferably dibenzyl trithiocarbonate ester, bis{4-[ethyl-(2-acetoxyethyl)carbamoyl]benzyl} trithiocarbonate.

前述工序1可以通过在RAFT剂的存在下将单体成分聚合来进行。关于工序1中的RAFT剂的用量,相对于单体成分的总量100重量份,通常为0.05~20重量份,优选为0.05~10重量份。如果为这种用量,则容易进行反应控制,还容易控制所得到的链段的重均分子量。The aforementioned step 1 can be performed by polymerizing monomer components in the presence of a RAFT agent. The amount of the RAFT agent used in step 1 is usually 0.05 to 20 parts by weight, preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the total amount of monomer components. When it is used in such an amount, it is easy to control the reaction, and it is also easy to control the weight average molecular weight of the obtained segment.

前述工序2可以通过向前述工序1中得到的聚合反应混合物中添加单体成分进一步聚合来进行。The aforementioned step 2 can be carried out by adding monomer components to the polymerization reaction mixture obtained in the aforementioned step 1 and further polymerizing.

RAFT法优选在聚合引发剂的存在下进行。作为聚合引发剂,例如可列举出通常的有机类聚合引发剂,具体可列举出过氧化物、偶氮化合物,这些当中,优选偶氮化合物。聚合引发剂可以单独使用1种或使用2种以上。The RAFT method is preferably performed in the presence of a polymerization initiator. As a polymerization initiator, a common organic type polymerization initiator is mentioned, for example, A peroxide and an azo compound are specifically mentioned, Among these, an azo compound is preferable. A polymerization initiator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

作为过氧化物类聚合引发剂,例如可列举出:过氧化苯甲酰及过马来酸叔丁酯。Examples of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator include benzoyl peroxide and tert-butyl permaleate.

作为偶氮化合物,例如可列举出:2,2’-偶氮二异丁腈、2,2’-偶氮双(4-甲氧基-2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2’-偶氮双(2-环丙基丙腈)、2,2’-偶氮双(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2’-偶氮双(2-甲基丁腈)、1,1’-偶氮双(环己烷-1-腈)、2-(氨基甲酰基偶氮)异丁腈、2-苯基偶氮-4-甲氧基-2,4-二甲基戊腈、2,2’-偶氮双(2-脒基丙烷)二氢氯化物、2,2’-偶氮双(N,N’-二亚甲基异丁基脒)、2,2’-偶氮双(异丁基酰胺)二水合物、4,4’-偶氮双(4-氰基戊烷酸)、2,2’-偶氮双(2-氰基丙醇)、二甲基-2,2’-偶氮双(2-甲基丙酸酯)、2,2’-偶氮双[2-甲基-N-(2-羟乙基)丙酰胺]。Examples of the azo compound include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2, 2'-Azobis(2-cyclopropylpropionitrile), 2,2'-Azobis(2,4-Dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-Azobis(2-methylbutadiene nitrile), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile), 2-(carbamoylazo)isobutyronitrile, 2-phenylazo-4-methoxy-2,4 - Dimethylvaleronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis(N,N'-dimethylisobutylamidine) , 2,2'-Azobis(isobutylamide) dihydrate, 4,4'-Azobis(4-cyanopentanoic acid), 2,2'-Azobis(2-cyano propanol), dimethyl-2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionate), 2,2'-azobis[2-methyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)propane amides].

关于聚合引发剂的用量,相对于单体成分的总量100重量份,通常为0.001~2重量份,优选为0.002~1重量份。如果为这种用量,则容易控制所得链段的重均分子量。The usage-amount of a polymerization initiator is 0.001-2 weight part normally with respect to 100 weight part of total monomer components, Preferably it is 0.002-1 weight part. When used in such an amount, it is easy to control the weight average molecular weight of the resulting segment.

RAFT法可以是不使用聚合溶剂的本体聚合,但优选使用聚合溶剂。作为聚合溶剂,例如可列举出:苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烃;正戊烷、正己烷、正庚烷、正辛烷等脂肪族烃;环戊烷、环己烷、环庚烷、环辛烷等脂环式烃;氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷、氯苯等卤代烃;二乙醚、二异丙醚、1,2-二甲氧基乙烷、二丁醚、四氢呋喃、二噁烷、茴香醚、苯乙醚、二苯醚等醚;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯、丙酸甲酯等酯;丙酮、甲乙酮、二乙酮、甲基异丁基酮、环己酮等酮;N,N-二甲基甲酰胺、N,N-二甲基乙酰胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等酰胺;乙腈、苯腈等腈;二甲基亚砜、环丁砜等亚砜。聚合溶剂可以单独使用1种或使用2种以上。The RAFT method may be bulk polymerization without using a polymerization solvent, but preferably uses a polymerization solvent. Examples of polymerization solvents include: aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, and n-octane; cyclopentane, cyclohexane, and cycloheptane , cyclooctane and other alicyclic hydrocarbons; chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene and other halogenated hydrocarbons; diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane Alkane, dibutyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, anisole, phenetole, diphenyl ether and other ethers; ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl propionate and other esters; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone , methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone and other ketones; N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone and other amides; acetonitrile, benzonitrile and other nitriles; Sulfoxides such as methyl sulfoxide and sulfolane. The polymerization solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作为聚合溶剂的用量,没有特别限定,例如相对于单体成分1g,优选为0.01mL以上,更优选为0.05mL以上,进一步优选为0.1mL以上,优选为50mL以下,更优选为10mL以下,进一步优选为1mL以下。The amount of the polymerization solvent used is not particularly limited. For example, it is preferably 0.01 mL or more, more preferably 0.05 mL or more, still more preferably 0.1 mL or more, preferably 50 mL or less, more preferably 10 mL or less, with respect to 1 g of the monomer component. Preferably it is 1 mL or less.

RAFT法下的反应温度通常为60~120℃,优选为70~110℃,通常在氮气等非活性气体气氛下下进行。该反应在常压、加压及减压的任一条件下均可以进行,通常在常压下进行。此外,反应时间通常为1~20小时,优选为2~14小时。The reaction temperature in the RAFT method is usually 60 to 120°C, preferably 70 to 110°C, and is usually performed under an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen. This reaction can be performed under any conditions of normal pressure, increased pressure and reduced pressure, and is usually performed under normal pressure. In addition, the reaction time is usually 1 to 20 hours, preferably 2 to 14 hours.

上述RAFT法的聚合反应条件可分别应用于工序1及工序2。The above-mentioned polymerization reaction conditions of the RAFT method can be applied to step 1 and step 2, respectively.

聚合反应结束后,可以利用通常的分离纯化手段从所得反应混合物中进行使用溶剂、残留单体的去除等,分离出目标的(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A。After the completion of the polymerization reaction, the target (meth)acrylic block copolymer A can be isolated from the obtained reaction mixture by using a common separation and purification means to remove the solvent used, residual monomers, and the like.

在前述工序1中制备(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的高Tg链段或低Tg链段的情况下,对该高Tg链段或低Tg链段的重均分子量(Mw)没有特别限定,优选为10,000~1,000,000,更优选为50,000~500,000,进一步优选为100,000~300,000。高Tg链段或低Tg链段的Mw在该范围内对于上述本发明的效果是适宜的。In the case of preparing the high Tg segment or the low Tg segment of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A in the aforementioned step 1, there is no difference in the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the high Tg segment or the low Tg segment. Particularly limited, it is preferably 10,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 50,000 to 500,000, and still more preferably 100,000 to 300,000. It is suitable for the Mw of the high Tg segment or the low Tg segment to be within this range for the effect of the present invention described above.

在(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A中存在二个以上的高Tg链段或低Tg链段的情况下,前述Mw为它们之和的Mw。When two or more high Tg segments or low Tg segments exist in (meth)acrylic block copolymer A, said Mw is Mw of these sum.

对(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的重均分子量(Mw)没有特别限定,优选为20万(200,000)以上,更优选为300,000~5,000,000,进一步优选为400,000~2,500,000。(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的Mw在该范围内对于上述本发明的效果是适宜的。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is not particularly limited, but is preferably 200,000 (200,000) or more, more preferably 300,000 to 5,000,000, and still more preferably 400,000 to 2,500,000. It is suitable for the Mw of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A to be within this range for the effect of the present invention described above.

对(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的分子量分布(Mw/Mn)没有特别限定,优选大于1,更优选为1.5以上,进一步优选为2以上,特别优选为2.5以上,优选为5以下,更优选为4.5以下,进一步优选为4以下,特别优选为3.5以下。The molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is not particularly limited, but is preferably greater than 1, more preferably 1.5 or more, still more preferably 2 or more, particularly preferably 2.5 or more, preferably 5 or less , more preferably 4.5 or less, still more preferably 4 or less, particularly preferably 3.5 or less.

需要说明的是,上述重均分子量(Mw)、分子量分布(Mw/Mn)是利用GPC法测得的。In addition, the said weight average molecular weight (Mw) and molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) are measured by the GPC method.

关于(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A中的高Tg链段的含有率,在(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A整体100重量%中,优选为10重量%以上,更优选为20重量%以上,进一步优选为25重量%以上,特别优选为30重量%以上,优选为95重量%以下,更优选为90重量%以下,进一步优选为85重量%以下。The content of the high Tg segment in the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is preferably 10% by weight or more, more preferably 20% by weight or more, more preferably 25% by weight or more, particularly preferably 30% by weight or more, preferably 95% by weight or less, more preferably 90% by weight or less, even more preferably 85% by weight or less.

关于(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A中的低Tg链段的含有率,在(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A整体100重量%中,优选为5重量%以上,更优选为10重量%以上,进一步优选为15重量%以上,优选为60重量%以下,更优选为50重量%以下,进一步优选为40重量%以下,特别优选为30重量%以下。The content of the low Tg segment in the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is preferably 5% by weight or more, more preferably 10% by weight or more, more preferably 15% by weight or more, preferably 60% by weight or less, more preferably 50% by weight or less, further preferably 40% by weight or less, particularly preferably 30% by weight or less.

前述各链段的含有率及它们的比率可以根据前述RAFT法的各工序中得到的各链段或(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的重均分子量(Mw)算出,可以利用形成各链段时的单体的投加比及各单体的聚合率等进行控制。The content of each of the aforementioned segments and their ratios can be calculated from the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of each segment or (meth)acrylic block copolymer A obtained in each step of the aforementioned RAFT method. The dosage ratio of the monomers in the chain segment and the polymerization rate of each monomer are controlled.

对溶剂型粘合剂组合物A中的(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的含量没有特别限定,从获得室温(25℃)下的优异的加工性和在超过50℃的区域的优异的高度差吸收性的角度来看,相对于溶剂型粘合剂组合物A总量(总重量、100重量%),优选为50重量%以上(例如为50~100重量%),更优选为60重量%以上,进一步优选为80重量%以上,特别优选为90重量%以上。The content of the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A in the solvent-based adhesive composition A is not particularly limited, and excellent processability at room temperature (25°C) and excellent performance in a region exceeding 50°C are obtained. From the viewpoint of height difference absorbability, it is preferably 50% by weight or more (for example, 50 to 100% by weight) with respect to the total amount of the solvent-based adhesive composition A (total weight, 100% by weight), more preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably 80% by weight or more, particularly preferably 90% by weight or more.

(溶剂)(solvent)

由于第三方式中的聚合物为固体,因此溶剂型粘合剂组合物是聚合物溶解于有机溶剂的溶液。例如,通过对单体成分进行溶液聚合,可得到聚合物溶液。可以将固体的聚合物溶解于有机溶剂来制备聚合物溶液。Since the polymer in the third aspect is solid, the solvent-based adhesive composition is a solution in which a polymer is dissolved in an organic solvent. For example, a polymer solution can be obtained by solution-polymerizing monomer components. A polymer solution can be prepared by dissolving a solid polymer in an organic solvent.

作为溶剂,一般使用乙酸乙酯、甲苯等。溶液浓度通常为20~80重量%左右。As a solvent, ethyl acetate, toluene, or the like is generally used. The solution concentration is usually about 20 to 80% by weight.

作为对单体成分进行溶液聚合时的聚合引发剂,优选使用偶氮类引发剂、过氧化物类引发剂、将过氧化物和还原剂组合而得的氧化还原类引发剂(例如过硫酸盐与亚硫酸氢钠的组合、过氧化物与抗坏血酸钠的组合)等热聚合引发剂。对聚合引发剂的用量没有特别限制,例如相对于形成聚合物的单体成分总量100重量份,优选为0.005~5重量份左右,更优选为0.02~3重量份左右。As a polymerization initiator for solution polymerization of monomer components, it is preferable to use an azo initiator, a peroxide initiator, a redox initiator obtained by combining a peroxide and a reducing agent (for example, a persulfate salt). combination with sodium bisulfite, combination of peroxide and sodium ascorbate) and other thermal polymerization initiators. The amount of the polymerization initiator used is not particularly limited. For example, it is preferably about 0.005 to 5 parts by weight, more preferably about 0.02 to 3 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the total monomer components forming the polymer.

(着色剂)(Colorant)

用于形成第三方式的粘合剂层的溶剂型粘合剂组合物包含着色剂。着色剂只要可溶解或分散于溶剂型粘合剂组合物,则可以是染料,也可以是颜料。从少量添加即能够实现低的雾度、容易像颜料一样无沉降性地均匀地分布的角度出发,优选染料。此外,从于少量添加即获得高的显色性的角度出发,也优选颜料。在作为着色剂使用颜料的情况下,优选导电性低或没有导电性的颜料。此外,在使用染料的情况下,优选与后述的抗氧化剂等并用。The solvent-based adhesive composition used to form the adhesive layer of the third aspect contains a colorant. The coloring agent may be a dye or a pigment as long as it is soluble or dispersible in the solvent-based adhesive composition. A dye is preferable from the viewpoint that low haze can be achieved by adding a small amount, and that it is easy to distribute uniformly without sedimentation like a pigment. In addition, pigments are also preferable from the viewpoint of obtaining high color rendering properties by adding a small amount. When a pigment is used as a colorant, a pigment having low or no conductivity is preferable. Moreover, when using a dye, it is preferable to use together with the antioxidant etc. mentioned later.

在第三方式中作为溶剂型粘合剂组合物中包含的着色剂,在前面针对第一方式所说明的紫外线透过性着色剂的基础上,还包括紫外线吸收性着色剂。In the third aspect, as the colorant contained in the solvent-based adhesive composition, in addition to the ultraviolet-transmitting colorant described above for the first aspect, an ultraviolet-absorbing colorant is also included.

作为紫外线透过性的黑色颜料,可列举出:TOKUSHIKI CO.,Ltd.制造的“9050BLACK”、“UVBK-0001”等。作为紫外线吸收性的黑色染料,可列举出:ORIENT CHEMICALINDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.制造的“VALIFAST BLACK 3810”、“NUBIAN Black PA-2802”等。作为紫外线吸收性的黑色颜料,可列举出:炭黑、钛黑等。"9050BLACK" and "UVBK-0001" manufactured by TOKUSHIKI CO., Ltd. etc. are mentioned as an ultraviolet-ray transparent black pigment. Examples of the ultraviolet absorbing black dye include "VALIFAST BLACK 3810" and "NUBIAN BLACK PA-2802" manufactured by ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. Carbon black, titanium black, etc. are mentioned as an ultraviolet absorbing black pigment.

关于溶剂型粘合剂组合物中的着色剂的含量,例如相对于单体总量100重量份,为0.01~20重量份左右,根据着色剂的种类、粘合剂层的色调及光透过率等来适当设定即可。着色剂可以作为溶解或分散于适当的溶剂的溶液或分散液添加至组合物。The content of the colorant in the solvent-based adhesive composition is, for example, about 0.01 to 20 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of monomers. rate, etc., can be set appropriately. The colorant may be added to the composition as a solution or dispersion dissolved or dispersed in a suitable solvent.

(交联剂)(crosslinking agent)

第三方式的溶剂型粘合剂组合物可以包含能够与上述聚合物交联的交联剂。需要说明的是,在溶剂型粘合剂组合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物的情况下,第三方式的粘合剂层具有足够的形状稳定性,因此可以不含交联剂。The solvent-based adhesive composition of the third aspect may contain a crosslinking agent capable of crosslinking with the above polymer. In addition, when the solvent-type adhesive composition contains a (meth)acrylic block copolymer, since the adhesive layer of the 3rd aspect has sufficient shape stability, it does not need to contain a crosslinking agent .

在第三方式中,在溶剂型粘合剂组合物包含交联剂的情况下,作为交联剂,与前面针对第二方式所说明的同样,优选异氰酸酯类交联剂和环氧类交联剂。In the third aspect, when the solvent-based adhesive composition contains a crosslinking agent, the crosslinking agent is preferably an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent and an epoxy-based crosslinking agent as described above for the second aspect. agent.

在第三方式中,在溶剂型粘合剂组合物包含交联剂的情况下,其含量相对于聚合物100重量份为0.01~5重量份左右,可以为0.05重量份以上、0.1重量份以上或0.2重量份以上,可以为3重量份以下、2重量份以下或1重量份以下。In the third aspect, when the solvent-based adhesive composition contains a crosslinking agent, its content is about 0.01 to 5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer, and may be 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more Or 0.2 parts by weight or more, may be 3 parts by weight or less, 2 parts by weight or less, or 1 part by weight or less.

(其他成分)(other ingredients)

第三方式的溶剂型粘合剂组合物除了上述成分以外,还可以包含低聚物、赋粘剂、硅烷偶联剂、链转移剂、增塑剂、软化剂、防劣化剂、填充剂、抗氧化剂、表面活性剂、抗静电剂等。The solvent-based adhesive composition of the third aspect may contain oligomers, tackifiers, silane coupling agents, chain transfer agents, plasticizers, softeners, anti-deterioration agents, fillers, Antioxidants, surfactants, antistatic agents, etc.

<光学层叠体><Optical laminate>

在本实施方式中,光学层叠体10或11可以通过在基材1的未进行防反射处理和/或防眩光处理的面1b上层叠粘合剂层2来制备。In this embodiment, the optical layered body 10 or 11 can be produced by laminating the adhesive layer 2 on the surface 1 b of the substrate 1 that is not subjected to antireflection treatment and/or antiglare treatment.

[第一方式][first way]

对在面1b上层叠第一方式的粘合剂层的方法没有特别限定,例如可以通过在剥离薄膜上涂布第一方式的光固化性粘合剂组合物并成形为片状,进行光固化来制作片状的粘合剂层,然后将其贴合在基材1的面1b上,从而进行。The method of laminating the adhesive layer of the first embodiment on the surface 1b is not particularly limited. For example, the photocurable adhesive composition of the first embodiment can be coated on a release film and shaped into a sheet to perform photocuring. A sheet-shaped pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is prepared, and then bonded to the surface 1b of the base material 1 .

通过将第一方式的光固化性粘合剂组合物在剥离薄膜上涂布成片状(层状),对剥离薄膜上的光固化性粘合剂组合物的涂膜照射紫外线,进行光固化,从而可得到第一方式的粘合剂。进行光固化时,优选在涂膜的表面进一步附设剥离薄膜,以夹持在2张剥离薄膜间的状态对光固化性粘合剂组合物照射紫外线,防止由氧气导致的聚合抑制。在光固化之前,以着色剂的溶剂或分散介质的去除等为目的,可以对片状的涂膜进行加热。在进行基于加热的溶剂等的去除的情况下,优选在附设剥离薄膜前实施。Photocuring is carried out by applying the photocurable adhesive composition of the first embodiment in a sheet form (layer form) on the release film, and irradiating the coating film of the photocurable adhesive composition on the release film with ultraviolet rays. , so that the adhesive of the first form can be obtained. When performing photocuring, it is preferable to further attach a release film to the surface of the coating film, and to irradiate the photocurable adhesive composition with ultraviolet light in a state sandwiched between two release films to prevent polymerization inhibition by oxygen. Before photocuring, the sheet-shaped coating film may be heated for the purpose of removing the solvent of the colorant, the dispersion medium, and the like. When performing removal of a solvent etc. by heating, it is preferable to carry out before attaching a peeling film.

作为剥离薄膜的薄膜基材,可使用由各种树脂材料形成的薄膜。作为树脂材料,可列举出:聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯等聚酯类树脂、乙酸酯类树脂、聚醚砜类树脂、聚碳酸酯类树脂、聚酰胺类树脂、聚酰亚胺类树脂、聚烯烃类树脂、(甲基)丙烯酸类树脂、聚氯乙烯类树脂、聚偏二氯乙烯类树脂、聚苯乙烯类树脂、聚乙烯醇类树脂、聚芳酯类树脂、聚苯硫醚类树脂等。这些当中,特别优选聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯等聚酯类树脂。薄膜基材的厚度优选为10~200μm,更优选为25~150μm。作为脱模层的材料,可列举出:有机硅类脱模剂、氟类脱模剂、长链烷基类脱模剂、脂肪酸酰胺类脱模剂等。脱模层的厚度一般为10~2000nm左右。As the film substrate of the release film, films made of various resin materials can be used. Examples of the resin material include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate, acetate resins, polyethersulfone resins, polycarbonate resins, poly Amide resins, polyimide resins, polyolefin resins, (meth)acrylic resins, polyvinyl chloride resins, polyvinylidene chloride resins, polystyrene resins, polyvinyl alcohol resins, Polyarylate resin, polyphenylene sulfide resin, etc. Among these, polyester-based resins such as polyethylene terephthalate are particularly preferable. The thickness of the film substrate is preferably 10 to 200 μm, more preferably 25 to 150 μm. Examples of the material for the release layer include silicone-based release agents, fluorine-based release agents, long-chain alkyl-based release agents, fatty acid amide-based release agents, and the like. The thickness of the release layer is generally about 10 to 2000 nm.

作为在剥离薄膜上涂布光固化性粘合剂组合物的方法,可使用辊涂布、辊舐涂布、凹版涂布、逆转涂布、辊刷、喷雾涂布、浸渍辊涂布、棒涂布、刮刀涂布、气刀涂布、帘式涂布、唇口涂布、模涂布机等各种方法。As a method for coating the photocurable adhesive composition on the release film, roll coating, lick coating, gravure coating, reverse coating, roll brush, spray coating, dip roll coating, bar coating, etc. can be used. Various methods such as coating, blade coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, lip coating, die coater, etc.

对含有着色剂的粘合剂层的厚度没有特别限定,以能够充分地对排列在后述的显示面板上的发光元件进行封装的方式、以达到该发光元件的高度以上的方式适当设定即可。例如,以含有着色剂的粘合剂层的厚度为该发光元件的高度的1.0~4.0倍、优选为1.1~3.0倍、更优选为1.2~2.5倍、进一步优选为1.3~2.0倍的方式调节。具体而言,含有着色剂的粘合剂层的厚度例如为10~500μm左右,可以为20μm以上、30μm以上、40μm以上或50μm以上。如上所述,着色剂具有紫外线透过性,因此即使在粘合剂层的厚度大时,也可以沿厚度方向均匀地对光固化性粘合剂组合物进行光固化。含有着色剂的粘合剂层的厚度可以为400μm以下、300μm以下、250μm以下或200μm以下。The thickness of the adhesive layer containing the coloring agent is not particularly limited, and it is appropriately set so as to sufficiently package the light-emitting elements arranged on the display panel described later, and to reach the height of the light-emitting elements or more. Can. For example, the thickness of the adhesive layer containing the coloring agent is 1.0 to 4.0 times the height of the light-emitting element, preferably 1.1 to 3.0 times, more preferably 1.2 to 2.5 times, and even more preferably 1.3 to 2.0 times. . Specifically, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a colorant is, for example, about 10 to 500 μm, and may be 20 μm or more, 30 μm or more, 40 μm or more, or 50 μm or more. As described above, since the colorant has ultraviolet transmittance, even when the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is large, the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be uniformly photocured in the thickness direction. The thickness of the colorant-containing adhesive layer may be 400 μm or less, 300 μm or less, 250 μm or less, or 200 μm or less.

通过对在剥离薄膜上涂布成层状的光固化性粘合剂组合物照射紫外线,自光聚合引发剂生成活性种,光聚合性化合物发生聚合,伴随聚合率的上升(未反应的单体的减少),液态的光固化性粘合剂组合物形成固体状(一定形状)的粘合剂层。作为用于紫外线照射的光源,只要能够照射出粘合剂组合物中所含的光聚合引发剂具有灵敏度的波长范围的光,则没有特别限定,可使用LED光源、高压汞灯、超高压汞灯、金属卤化物灯、氙灯等。By irradiating ultraviolet light to the photocurable adhesive composition coated in a layer on the release film, active species are generated from the photopolymerization initiator, and the photopolymerizable compound is polymerized, accompanied by an increase in the polymerization rate (unreacted monomer reduction), the liquid photocurable adhesive composition forms a solid (definite shape) adhesive layer. The light source for ultraviolet irradiation is not particularly limited as long as it can irradiate light in the wavelength range to which the photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition is sensitive, and LED light sources, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, and lamps, metal halide lamps, xenon lamps, etc.

照射光的累积光量例如为100~5000mJ/cm2左右。由光固化性粘合剂组合物的光固化物形成的粘合剂层的聚合率(不挥发成分)优选为80%以上,更优选为85%以上,进一步优选为90%以上。聚合率可以为93%以上或95%以上。为了减少不挥发成分,可以对粘合剂层进行加热来去除残留单体、未反应的聚合引发剂、溶剂等挥发成分。The accumulated light amount of the irradiation light is, for example, about 100 to 5000 mJ/cm 2 . The polymerization ratio (non-volatile content) of the adhesive layer formed from the photocured product of the photocurable adhesive composition is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 85% or more, and still more preferably 90% or more. The polymerization rate may be 93% or more or 95% or more. In order to reduce non-volatile components, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be heated to remove volatile components such as residual monomers, unreacted polymerization initiators, and solvents.

在于粘合剂层的两面设置剥离薄膜的情况下,一侧的剥离薄膜的厚度与另一侧的剥离薄膜的厚度可以相同,也可以不同。将临时粘合在一个面的剥离薄膜自粘合剂层剥离时的剥离力与将临时粘合在另一面的剥离薄膜自粘合剂层剥离时的剥离力可以相同或不同。在两者的剥离力不同的情况下,通过先将剥离力相对较小的剥离薄膜(轻剥离薄膜)从粘合剂层剥离并将粘合剂层贴合在基材1的面1b,可以制作具有第一方式的粘合剂层的光学层叠体。When the release film is provided on both surfaces of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the thickness of the release film on one side may be the same as or different from the thickness of the release film on the other side. The peeling force when peeling the release film temporarily bonded on one side from the adhesive layer and the peeling force when peeling the release film temporarily bonded on the other side from the adhesive layer may be the same or different. When the peeling forces of the two are different, by first peeling the peeling film (light peeling film) with relatively small peeling force from the adhesive layer and sticking the adhesive layer on the surface 1b of the substrate 1, it is possible to An optical laminate having the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first embodiment was produced.

此外,在基材1的面1b涂布前述光固化性粘合剂组合物,成形为片状后,在涂膜的表面附设剥离薄膜,照射紫外线,除此之外与上述同样进行,也可以制作具有第一方式的粘合剂层的光学层叠体。In addition, the above-mentioned photocurable adhesive composition is coated on the surface 1b of the substrate 1, and after forming into a sheet shape, a peeling film is attached to the surface of the coating film, and ultraviolet rays are irradiated. An optical laminate having the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first embodiment was produced.

包含着色剂的粘合剂层对可见光具有光吸收。第一方式的光学层叠体的总透光率例如为80%以下,可以为70%以下、60%以下、50%以下、40%以下、30%以下、20%以下、10%以下或5%以下。The adhesive layer containing the colorant has light absorption for visible light. The total light transmittance of the optical laminated body of the first aspect is, for example, 80% or less, may be 70% or less, 60% or less, 50% or less, 40% or less, 30% or less, 20% or less, 10% or less, or 5% the following.

在第一方式中,如前所述,作为着色剂,可使用紫外线的吸收小于可见光的吸收的着色剂。因此,粘合剂层的波长330~400nm的平均透过率TUV大于波长400~700nm的平均透过率TVIS。粘合剂层的波长400~700nm的平均透过率TVIS例如为80%以下,可以为70%以下、60%以下、50%以下、40%以下、30%以下、20%以下或10%以下。粘合剂层的波长330~400nm的平均透过率TUV优选为5%以上,可以为10%以上、15%以上、20%以上或25%以上。TUV与TVIS之差TUV-TVIS可以为3%以上、5%以上、8%以上或10%以上。In the first aspect, as described above, a colorant whose absorption of ultraviolet light is smaller than that of visible light can be used as the colorant. Therefore, the average transmittance T UV of wavelength 330-400nm of an adhesive layer is larger than the average transmittance T VIS of wavelength 400-700nm. The average transmittance T VIS of the adhesive layer at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is, for example, 80% or less, may be 70% or less, 60% or less, 50% or less, 40% or less, 30% or less, 20% or less, or 10% the following. The average transmittance T UV of the adhesive layer at a wavelength of 330 to 400 nm is preferably 5% or more, and may be 10% or more, 15% or more, 20% or more, or 25% or more. The difference T UV -T VIS between T UV and T VIS may be 3% or more, 5% or more, 8% or more, or 10% or more.

在第一方式中,粘合剂层在温度25℃下的剪切储能模量G’25℃例如为10~1000kPa左右,可以为30kPa以上、50kPa以上、70kPa以上或100kPa以上,可以为700kPa以下、500kPa以下、300kPa以下或200kPa以下。粘合剂层的温度85℃下的剪切储能模量G’85℃例如为3~300kPa左右,可以为5kPa以上、7kPa以上或10kPa以上,可以为200kPa以下、150kPa以下或100kPa以下。如果粘合剂层的剪切储能模量为上述范围,则能够兼顾适度的柔软性与粘接性。剪切储能模量是基于频率1Hz的动态粘弹性测定的测定值。In the first aspect, the shear storage modulus G'25°C of the adhesive layer at a temperature of 25°C is, for example, about 10 to 1000 kPa, may be 30 kPa or more, 50 kPa or more, 70 kPa or more, or 100 kPa or more, may be 700 kPa Below, below 500kPa, below 300kPa or below 200kPa. The shear storage modulus G'85°C of the adhesive layer at a temperature of 85°C is, for example, about 3 to 300 kPa, may be 5 kPa or more, 7 kPa or more, or 10 kPa or more, and may be 200 kPa or less, 150 kPa or less, or 100 kPa or less. When the shear storage modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is within the above-mentioned range, moderate flexibility and adhesiveness can be made compatible. The shear storage modulus is a measured value based on a dynamic viscoelasticity measurement at a frequency of 1 Hz.

[第二方式][Second way]

具有第二方式的粘合剂层的光学层叠体可以通过在剥离薄膜上涂布前述第二方式的固化性粘合剂组合物,根据需要将溶剂干燥去除,与基材1的面1b层叠,从而制备。此外,具有第二方式的粘合剂层的光学层叠体还可以通过在基材1的面1b上涂布前述第二方式的固化性粘合剂组合物,根据需要将溶剂干燥去除,从而制备。The optical laminate having the adhesive layer of the second embodiment can be laminated on the surface 1b of the substrate 1 by coating the curable adhesive composition of the second embodiment on a release film, drying and removing the solvent as necessary, thus prepared. In addition, the optical laminate having the adhesive layer of the second embodiment can also be prepared by coating the curable adhesive composition of the second embodiment on the surface 1b of the substrate 1, and drying and removing the solvent if necessary. .

在光固化性粘合剂组合物包含溶剂的情况下,优选在涂布粘合剂组合物后进行溶剂的干燥。作为干燥方法,可以根据目的来适当采用恰当的方法。加热干燥温度优选为40℃~200℃,进一步优选为50℃~180℃,特别优选为70℃~170℃。干燥时间可以适当采用恰当的时间。干燥时间优选为5秒~20分钟,进一步优选为5秒~15分钟,特别优选为10秒~10分钟。When the photocurable adhesive composition contains a solvent, it is preferable to dry the solvent after coating the adhesive composition. As a drying method, an appropriate method can be appropriately adopted according to the purpose. The heat drying temperature is preferably 40°C to 200°C, more preferably 50°C to 180°C, particularly preferably 70°C to 170°C. An appropriate time can be appropriately adopted as the drying time. The drying time is preferably 5 seconds to 20 minutes, more preferably 5 seconds to 15 minutes, particularly preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes.

涂布光固化性粘合剂组合物后,根据需要进行加热,由此向聚合物中导入交联结构。加热温度、加热时间根据所使用的交联剂的种类来适当设定即可,通常为20℃~160℃的范围、1分钟~7天左右。用于干燥溶剂的加热可以兼作用于交联的加热。交联结构的导入并不一定需要伴随加热。After applying the photocurable adhesive composition, heating is performed as necessary to introduce a crosslinked structure into the polymer. The heating temperature and the heating time may be appropriately set depending on the type of crosslinking agent used, and are usually in the range of 20°C to 160°C, about 1 minute to 7 days. The heating for drying the solvent can double as the heating for crosslinking. The introduction of the crosslinked structure does not necessarily need to be accompanied by heating.

第二方式的粘合剂层优选具有与第一方式的粘合剂层同样的厚度、光透过率、剪切储能模量。由于第二方式的粘合剂层不进行光固化,因此光聚合性化合物以未反应的状态包含。即,第二方式的粘合剂层为含有聚合物、光聚合性化合物、光聚合引发剂以及着色剂的光固化性的粘合剂层。The adhesive layer of the second aspect preferably has the same thickness, light transmittance, and shear storage modulus as those of the adhesive layer of the first aspect. Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second aspect does not undergo photocuring, the photopolymerizable compound is contained in an unreacted state. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second aspect is a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a polymer, a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a colorant.

具有第二方式的光固化性的粘合剂层的光学层叠体通过在贴合于后述的显示面板后照射紫外线,可以进行光固化。通过光固化,可以使光学层叠体与显示面板的粘接力发生变化。例如光固化前的粘合剂层由于柔软性高,因此可以填补由排列在显示面板上的发光元件形成的凹凸形状、高度差,光固化后能够提高对显示面板的粘接力、粘接可靠性。The optical laminate having the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second aspect can be photocured by irradiating ultraviolet rays after being bonded to a display panel described later. Photocuring can change the adhesive force between the optical laminate and the display panel. For example, the adhesive layer before photocuring has high flexibility, so it can fill the concave-convex shape and height difference formed by the light-emitting elements arranged on the display panel. After photocuring, the adhesive force to the display panel can be improved and the bonding is reliable. sex.

作为用于对第二方式的粘合剂层进行光固化的活性射线,可使用紫外线。与第一方式的粘合剂层同样,着色剂由于与可见光相比紫外线的透过率较大,因此即使在粘合剂层的厚度大时,也能够抑制光固化时的固化抑制。Ultraviolet rays can be used as the active rays for photocuring the adhesive layer of the second aspect. Like the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first aspect, since the colorant has a higher transmittance of ultraviolet rays than visible light, even when the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is large, inhibition of curing during photocuring can be suppressed.

[第三方式][Third way]

具有第三方式的粘合剂层的光学层叠体可以通过在剥离薄膜上涂布前述溶剂型粘合剂组合物,将溶剂干燥去除,与基材1的面1b层叠,从而制备。此外,具有第三方式的粘合剂层的光学层叠体还可以通过在基材1的面1b上涂布前述溶剂型粘合剂组合物,将溶剂干燥去除,从而制备。The optical laminate having the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the third embodiment can be produced by coating the aforementioned solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition on a release film, drying and removing the solvent, and laminating on the surface 1b of the substrate 1 . Moreover, the optical laminated body which has the adhesive layer of the 3rd aspect can also be prepared by coating the said solvent-type adhesive composition on the surface 1b of the base material 1, and drying and removing a solvent.

在涂布溶剂型粘合剂组合物后,进行溶剂的干燥。作为干燥方法,可以根据目的来适当采用恰当的方法。加热干燥温度优选为40℃~200℃,进一步优选为50℃~180℃,特别优选为70℃~170℃。干燥时间可以适当采用恰当的时间。干燥时间优选为5秒~20分钟,进一步优选为5秒~15分钟,特别优选为10秒~10分钟。After coating the solvent-based adhesive composition, drying of the solvent is performed. As a drying method, an appropriate method can be appropriately adopted according to the purpose. The heat drying temperature is preferably 40°C to 200°C, more preferably 50°C to 180°C, particularly preferably 70°C to 170°C. An appropriate time can be appropriately adopted as the drying time. The drying time is preferably 5 seconds to 20 minutes, more preferably 5 seconds to 15 minutes, particularly preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes.

涂布光固化性粘合剂组合物后,可以根据需要进行加热。加热温度、加热时间根据所使用的交联剂的种类来适当设定即可,通常为20℃~160℃的范围、1分钟~7天左右。After applying the photocurable adhesive composition, heating may be performed as necessary. The heating temperature and the heating time may be appropriately set depending on the type of crosslinking agent used, and are usually in the range of 20°C to 160°C, about 1 minute to 7 days.

第三方式的粘合剂层优选具有与第一方式的粘合剂层同样的厚度、光透过率、剪切储能模量。The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the third aspect preferably has the same thickness, light transmittance, and shear storage modulus as those of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first aspect.

此外,对溶剂型粘合剂组合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A时的粘合剂层在25℃下的储能模量(G’25)没有特别限定,从提高室温下的加工性的角度来看,优选为1MPa以上,更优选为1.5MPa以上,更优选为2MPa以上,更优选为2.5MPa以上,更优选为3MPa以上,从提高室温下的粘合可靠性的角度来看,优选为50MPa以下,更优选为45MPa以下,更优选为40MPa以下,更优选为35MPa以下,更优选为30MPa以下。In addition, the storage modulus (G'25) of the adhesive layer at 25°C when the solvent-based adhesive composition contains the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is not particularly limited. In terms of processability, it is preferably 1MPa or more, more preferably 1.5MPa or more, more preferably 2MPa or more, more preferably 2.5MPa or more, more preferably 3MPa or more, from the perspective of improving the adhesion reliability at room temperature From the point of view, it is preferably 50 MPa or less, more preferably 45 MPa or less, more preferably 40 MPa or less, more preferably 35 MPa or less, more preferably 30 MPa or less.

对溶剂型粘合剂组合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A时的粘合剂层在50℃下的储能模量(G’50)没有特别限定,从提高超过50℃的区域的高度差吸收性的角度来看,优选为0.5MPa以下,更优选为0.45MPa以下,更优选为0.4MPa以下,更优选为0.35MPa以下,更优选为0.3MPa以下,从提高超过50℃的区域的操作性的角度来看,优选为0.0001MPa以上,更优选为0.0005MPa以上,更优选为0.001MPa以上,更优选为0.005MPa以上,更优选为0.01MPa以上。The storage modulus (G'50) of the adhesive layer at 50°C when the solvent-based adhesive composition contains the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of the level difference absorbability of the region, it is preferably 0.5 MPa or less, more preferably 0.45 MPa or less, more preferably 0.4 MPa or less, more preferably 0.35 MPa or less, and more preferably 0.3 MPa or less. From the viewpoint of operability of the region, it is preferably 0.0001 MPa or more, more preferably 0.0005 MPa or more, more preferably 0.001 MPa or more, more preferably 0.005 MPa or more, and more preferably 0.01 MPa or more.

对溶剂型粘合剂组合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A时的粘合剂层的25℃下的储能模量与50℃下的储能模量之比(G’25/G’50)没有特别限定,从提高室温下的加工性且提高超过50℃的区域的高度差吸收性的角度来看,优选为3以上,更优选为5以上,更优选为10以上,进一步优选为15以上,特别优选为20以上,从粘接可靠性、操作性等的角度来看,优选为100以下,更优选为95以下,更优选为90以下,进一步优选为85以下,特别优选为80以下。The ratio of the storage modulus at 25°C to the storage modulus at 50°C of the adhesive layer when the solvent-based adhesive composition contains the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A (G'25 /G'50) is not particularly limited, and is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and more preferably 10 or more, from the viewpoint of improving the workability at room temperature and improving the level difference absorbability in a region exceeding 50°C, More preferably 15 or more, particularly preferably 20 or more, from the viewpoints of bonding reliability, operability, etc., preferably 100 or less, more preferably 95 or less, more preferably 90 or less, still more preferably 85 or less, especially Preferably it is 80 or less.

需要说明的是,前述25℃下的储能模量(G’25)和50℃下的储能模量(G’25)及它们之比(G’25/G’50)是通过动态粘弹性测定测得的。It should be noted that the storage modulus (G'25) at 25°C and the storage modulus (G'25) at 50°C and their ratio (G'25/G'50) were determined by dynamic viscosity Measured by elasticity assay.

具有包含着色剂的粘合剂层的光学层叠体对可见光具有光吸收。本实施方式的光学层叠体优选在350nm~450nm具有透过率的极大值。An optical laminate having an adhesive layer containing a colorant has light absorption for visible light. The optical layered body of the present embodiment preferably has a maximum value of the transmittance at 350 nm to 450 nm.

本实施方式的光学层叠体的总透光率例如为80%以下,可以为70%以下、60%以下、50%以下、40%以下、30%以下、20%以下、10%以下或5%以下。The total light transmittance of the optical laminate of this embodiment is, for example, 80% or less, and may be 70% or less, 60% or less, 50% or less, 40% or less, 30% or less, 20% or less, 10% or less, or 5%. the following.

本实施方式的光学层叠体可以直至使用时为止在粘合剂层设置有剥离薄膜。此外,本实施方式的光学层叠体可以在基材1的进行了防反射处理和/或防眩光处理的面1a层叠有表面保护薄膜。表面保护薄膜在下述方面是适宜的:在前述光学层叠体、包含其的光学产品的制造、输送、出货时防止损伤、污物附着。The optical laminate of the present embodiment may be provided with a release film on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer until use. In addition, in the optical laminated body of this embodiment, the surface protection film may be laminated|stacked on the surface 1a which performed the antireflection process and/or the antiglare process of the base material 1. The surface protection film is suitable for preventing damage and adhesion of dirt at the time of manufacture, transportation, and shipment of the aforementioned optical layered body or an optical product containing the same.

本实施方式的光学层叠体除了基材1、粘合剂层2、剥离薄膜、表面保护薄膜以外,还可以在不损害本发明的效果的范围内,在表面或任意的层间具有其他层,例如除基材1以外的基材、除粘合剂层2以外的粘合剂层、中间层、底涂层等。In addition to the substrate 1, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 2, the release film, and the surface protection film, the optical laminate of the present embodiment may have other layers on the surface or between arbitrary layers within the range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. For example, substrates other than substrate 1, adhesive layers other than adhesive layer 2, intermediate layers, primer layers, and the like.

<自发光型显示装置><Self-luminous display device>

本发明的第二方面的自发光型显示装置是:通过将微小且数量多的发光元件排列在布线基板上,利用与其连接的发光控制手段使各发光元件选择性地发光,从而能够利用各发光元件的明灭直接在显示画面上显示文字、图像、影像等视觉信息的显示装置。作为自发光型显示装置,可列举出:Mini/Micro LED显示装置、有机EL(电致发光)显示装置。本发明的第三方面的光学层叠体特别适宜用于制造Mini/Micro LED显示装置。In the self-luminous display device according to the second aspect of the present invention, by arranging tiny and numerous light-emitting elements on a wiring substrate, and using a light-emitting control means connected thereto to make each light-emitting element selectively emit light, it is possible to utilize each light-emitting element. A display device that directly displays visual information such as text, images, and images on the display screen when the components turn on and off. Examples of self-luminous display devices include Mini/Micro LED display devices and organic EL (electroluminescence) display devices. The optical laminate of the third aspect of the present invention is particularly suitable for manufacturing Mini/Micro LED display devices.

图3是示出本发明的第二方面的自发光型显示装置(Mini/Micro LED显示装置)的一个实施方式的示意图(剖视图)。本实施方式的Mini/Micro LED显示装置20包括在基板4的单面排列有多个LED芯片6的显示面板、以及本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体10。前述显示面板上的排列有LED芯片6的面与光学层叠体10的粘合剂层2层叠。3 is a schematic diagram (sectional view) showing an embodiment of a self-luminous display device (Mini/Micro LED display device) according to the second aspect of the present invention. The Mini/Micro LED display device 20 of this embodiment includes a display panel in which a plurality of LED chips 6 are arranged on one side of a substrate 4, and the optical laminate 10 according to the first aspect of the present invention. The surface on which the LED chips 6 are arranged on the display panel is laminated with the adhesive layer 2 of the optical laminate 10 .

在本实施方式中,在显示面板的基板4上层叠有用于对各LED芯片6发送发光控制信号的金属布线层5。会发出红色(R)、绿色(G)、蓝色(B)的各种颜色的光的各LED芯片6在显示面板的基板4上经由金属布线层5交替排列。金属布线层5由铜等金属形成,会反射各LED芯片6的发光,降低图像的辨识性。此外,RGB的各色的各LED芯片6所发出的光会发生混色,对比度降低。In the present embodiment, a metal wiring layer 5 for transmitting a light emission control signal to each LED chip 6 is laminated on the substrate 4 of the display panel. The LED chips 6 that emit light of various colors of red (R), green (G), and blue (B) are alternately arranged on the substrate 4 of the display panel via the metal wiring layer 5 . The metal wiring layer 5 is formed of metal such as copper, which reflects the light emitted by each LED chip 6 and reduces image visibility. In addition, the lights emitted by the LED chips 6 of the RGB colors are mixed, and the contrast ratio is lowered.

在本实施方式的Mini/Micro LED显示装置中,由粘合剂层2对排列在显示面板上的各LED芯片6无间隙地进行封装。粘合剂层2由于包含着色剂,因此在可见光区域具有足够的遮光性。由于由遮光性高的粘合剂层2对各LED芯片6进行封装,因此能够防止由金属布线层5导致的反射。此外,由于粘合剂层2对各LED芯片6间也无间隙地进行封装,因此能够防止各LED芯片6之间的混色,提高对比度。In the Mini/Micro LED display device of this embodiment, the LED chips 6 arranged on the display panel are packaged without gaps by the adhesive layer 2 . Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 2 contains a colorant, it has sufficient light-shielding properties in the visible light region. Since each LED chip 6 is encapsulated by the adhesive layer 2 with high light-shielding property, reflection by the metal wiring layer 5 can be prevented. In addition, since the adhesive layer 2 also encapsulates the LED chips 6 without gaps, color mixing between the LED chips 6 can be prevented and contrast can be improved.

如上所述,本实施方式的光学层叠体由于粘合剂层包含着色剂,因此即使在将金属被粘物层叠于粘合剂层的情况下,也能够防止金属表面的反射、光泽。在本实施方式的光学层叠体的粘合剂层上层叠有金属被粘物时的基材表面1a的5°正反射的可见光区域的反射率优选为50%以下,更优选为30%以下,进一步优选为15%以下,特别优选为10%以下。在本实施方式的光学层叠体的粘合剂层上层叠有金属被粘物时的基材表面1a的光泽度(基于JIS Z8741-1997)优选为100%以下,更优选为80%以下,进一步优选为60%以下,特别优选为50%以下。As described above, since the adhesive layer of the optical laminate according to the present embodiment contains a colorant, reflection and gloss on the metal surface can be prevented even when a metal adherend is laminated on the adhesive layer. When the metal adherend is laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the optical laminate of this embodiment, the reflectance in the visible light region of the 5° regular reflection of the substrate surface 1 a is preferably 50% or less, more preferably 30% or less, It is more preferably 15% or less, particularly preferably 10% or less. The glossiness (based on JIS Z8741-1997) of the substrate surface 1a when the metal adherend is laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the optical laminate of this embodiment is preferably 100% or less, more preferably 80% or less, and further Preferably it is 60% or less, especially preferably 50% or less.

需要说明的是,作为上述金属被粘物,可以使用铜、铝、不锈钢等。In addition, copper, aluminum, stainless steel, etc. can be used as said metal to-be-adhered body.

此外,在本实施方式的Mini/Micro LED显示装置中,对基材1的面1a实施了防反射处理和/或防眩光处理3,防止了基材表面1a由外部光线的反射、影像反射等导致的辨识性降低,或调节了光泽度等美观性。图4是示出本发明的第二方面的自发光型显示装置(Mini/Micro LED显示装置)的另一个实施方式的示意图(剖视图)。本实施方式的Mini/Micro LED显示装置21在基材1的面1a形成有防眩光层3a,除此之外与图3相同。本实施方式的Mini/Micro LED显示装置21的防眩光层3a的平均倾角θa(°)与上述同样。In addition, in the Mini/Micro LED display device of this embodiment, the surface 1a of the substrate 1 is subjected to anti-reflection treatment and/or anti-glare treatment 3, which prevents the reflection of external light and image reflection on the surface 1a of the substrate 1a. As a result, the visibility is reduced, or aesthetic properties such as glossiness are adjusted. 4 is a schematic diagram (sectional view) showing another embodiment of a self-luminous display device (Mini/Micro LED display device) according to the second aspect of the present invention. The Mini/Micro LED display device 21 of this embodiment is the same as that of FIG. 3 except that the anti-glare layer 3 a is formed on the surface 1 a of the substrate 1 . The average inclination angle θa (°) of the anti-glare layer 3a of the Mini/Micro LED display device 21 of this embodiment is the same as above.

本实施方式的自发光型显示装置可以具备除显示面板及光学层叠体以外的光学构件。作为上述光学构件,没有特别限定,可列举出:偏光板、相位差板、防反射薄膜、视场角调节薄膜、光学补偿薄膜等。需要说明的是,光学构件也包括一边保持显示装置、输入装置的辨识性一边承担装饰、保护的作用的构件(装饰薄膜、装饰薄膜、表面保护板等)。The self-luminous display device of the present embodiment may include optical members other than the display panel and the optical laminate. It does not specifically limit as said optical member, A polarizing plate, a retardation film, an antireflection film, a viewing angle adjustment film, an optical compensation film etc. are mentioned. It should be noted that optical members also include members (decorative films, decorative films, surface protection plates, etc.) that play a role of decoration and protection while maintaining the visibility of display devices and input devices.

本实施方式的Mini/Micro LED显示装置可以通过将在基板的单面排列有多个LED芯片的显示面板与本发明的第一方面的光学层叠体的粘合剂层贴合来制造。The Mini/Micro LED display device of this embodiment can be manufactured by laminating a display panel in which a plurality of LED chips are arranged on one side of a substrate and the adhesive layer of the optical laminate according to the first aspect of the present invention.

具体而言,具有显示面板和第一方式的粘合剂层的光学层叠体的粘贴可以通过在加热和/或加压下层叠来实施。在粘贴具有显示面板和第二方式的粘合剂层的光学层叠体的情况下,可以通过在加热和/或加压下层叠后进行光固化来实施。光固化可以与形成上述第一方式的粘合剂层的光固化同样地进行。Specifically, the bonding of the optical laminate having the display panel and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first embodiment can be carried out by laminating under heating and/or pressure. When bonding the optical laminated body which has a display panel and the adhesive layer of a 2nd aspect, it can carry out by performing photocuring after laminating|stacking under heating and/or pressure. Photocuring can be performed in the same manner as photocuring to form the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first embodiment described above.

在粘合剂层由包含(甲基)丙烯酸类嵌段共聚物A的由溶剂型粘合剂组合物形成的情况下,上述贴合优选在50℃以上进行加热加压。通过在50℃以上进行加热加压,粘合剂层形成高流动性,能够充分追随排列在基板上的LED芯片的高度差,无间隙地密合。加热在50℃以上进行,优选在60℃以上、更优选在70℃以上进行。对加压没有特别限定,例如以1.5atm以上、优选以2atm以上、更优选以3atm以上进行。加热加压例如可以使用高压釜等进行。由此制造的Mini/Micro LED显示装置在恢复至室温(25℃)后,粘合剂层的储能模量升高,加工性、粘接可靠性提高。When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed of a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the (meth)acrylic block copolymer A, the bonding is preferably carried out under heat and pressure at 50° C. or higher. By heating and pressing at 50° C. or higher, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer becomes highly fluid, and can sufficiently follow the height difference of the LED chips arranged on the substrate, and can be closely bonded without gaps. The heating is performed at 50°C or higher, preferably at 60°C or higher, more preferably at 70°C or higher. The pressurization is not particularly limited, but it is performed at, for example, 1.5 atm or more, preferably 2 atm or more, more preferably 3 atm or more. Heating and pressurization can be performed using an autoclave etc., for example. After the Mini/Micro LED display device thus manufactured is returned to room temperature (25° C.), the storage modulus of the adhesive layer increases, and the processability and bonding reliability are improved.

实施例Example

以下,基于实施例对本发明进行更详细的说明,但本发明并不限定于这些实施例。需要说明的是,下述制造例中的各种特性利用下述方法进行评价或测定。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. In addition, various characteristics in the following manufacture examples were evaluated or measured by the following method.

(表面形状测定)(Surface shape measurement)

用粘合剂在防眩光性薄膜的未形成防眩光层的面贴合松浪玻璃工业株式会社制造的玻璃板(厚度1.3mm),使用高精度微细形状测定器(商品名;Surfcorder ET4000、株式会社小坂研究所制造)在截断值0.8mm的条件下测定前述防眩光层的表面形状,求出平均倾角θa。需要说明的是,前述高精度微细形状测定器会自动算出前述平均倾角θa。前述平均倾角θa基于JIS B 0601(1994年版)。A glass plate (thickness 1.3 mm) manufactured by Satsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd. was attached to the surface of the anti-glare film on which the anti-glare layer was not formed with an adhesive, and a high-precision micro-shape measuring instrument (trade name; Surfcorder ET4000, Co., Ltd. (manufactured by Kosaka Laboratories) measured the surface shape of the anti-glare layer under the condition of a cutoff value of 0.8 mm to obtain the average inclination angle θa. It should be noted that the above-mentioned high-precision micro-shape measuring instrument automatically calculates the above-mentioned average inclination angle θa. The aforementioned average inclination angle θa is based on JIS B 0601 (1994 edition).

(雾度)(haze)

利用JIS K 7136中规定的方法,以光从防眩光性薄膜的防眩光层面入射雾度仪(株式会社村上色彩技术研究所制造、商品名“HN-150”)的方式进行设置,测定雾度值。According to the method specified in JIS K 7136, the haze meter (manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Laboratory Co., Ltd., trade name "HN-150") is set so that light is incident on the anti-glare layer of the anti-glare film, and the haze is measured. value.

制造例1Manufacturing example 1

(防眩光性薄膜的制备)(Preparation of anti-glare film)

作为防眩光层中包含的树脂,准备紫外线固化型氨基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯树脂(DIC株式会社制造、商品名“UNIDIC 17-806”、固体成分80%)100重量份。相对于前述树脂的树脂固体成分100重量份,混合作为光扩散性微粒的苯乙烯交联颗粒(综研化学株式会社制造、商品名“MX-350H”、重量平均粒径:3.5μm、折射率1.59)14重量份、作为触变赋予剂的属于有机粘土的合成蒙脱石(KUNIMINE INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.制造、商品名“SUMECTON SAN”)2.5重量份、光聚合引发剂(BASF公司制造、商品名“OMNIRAD907”)5重量份、流平剂(DIC株式会社制造、商品名“MEGAFAC F-556”、固体成分100%)0.5重量份。将该混合物用甲苯/乙酸乙酯混合溶剂(重量比90/10)稀释至固体成分浓度为30重量%,制备光扩散元件形成材料(涂覆液)。100 parts by weight of ultraviolet curable urethane acrylate resin (manufactured by DIC Corporation, brand name "UNIDIC 17-806", solid content 80%) was prepared as resin contained in the anti-glare layer. With respect to 100 parts by weight of the resin solid content of the aforementioned resin, styrene crosslinked particles (manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "MX-350H", weight average particle diameter: 3.5 μm, refractive index 1.59) 14 parts by weight, 2.5 parts by weight of synthetic montmorillonite (manufactured by KUNIMINE INDUSTRIES CO., LTD., trade name "SUMECTON SAN") belonging to organoclay as a thixotropy-imparting agent, photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by BASF Corporation, 5 parts by weight of a brand name "OMNIRAD907", and 0.5 parts by weight of a leveling agent (manufactured by DIC Corporation, brand name "MEGAFAC F-556", solid content 100%). This mixture was diluted with a toluene/ethyl acetate mixed solvent (weight ratio 90/10) to a solid content concentration of 30% by weight to prepare a light diffusion element forming material (coating solution).

在可以作为保护层发挥功能的三乙酰纤维素(TAC)薄膜(富士胶片株式会社制造、产品名“TG60UL”、厚度:60μm)的单面,使用棒涂布机涂布防眩光层形成材料(涂覆液),形成涂膜。然后,将形成有该涂膜的透明TAC薄膜基材输送至干燥工序。在干燥工序中,通过在110℃下加热1分钟来干燥前述涂膜。然后,用高压汞灯照射累积光量300mJ/cm2的紫外线,对前述涂膜进行固化处理,在TAC薄膜的单面形成厚度5.0μm的光扩散元件,得到防眩光性薄膜1。防眩光性薄膜1的雾度值为42%。防眩光性薄膜1的防眩光层的θa(°)为1.22。On one side of a triacetyl cellulose (TAC) film (manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd., product name "TG60UL", thickness: 60 μm) that can function as a protective layer, an anti-glare layer forming material ( coating solution) to form a coating film. Then, the transparent TAC film base material on which this coating film was formed is sent to a drying process. In a drying process, the said coating film was dried by heating at 110 degreeC for 1 minute. Then, the above-mentioned coating film was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with a cumulative light intensity of 300 mJ/cm 2 with a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a light diffusion element with a thickness of 5.0 μm was formed on one side of the TAC film to obtain an anti-glare film 1 . The haze value of the anti-glare film 1 was 42%. The θa (°) of the antiglare layer of the antiglare film 1 was 1.22.

制造例2Manufacturing example 2

(防眩光性薄膜的制备)(Preparation of anti-glare film)

作为光扩散性微粒,添加无定形二氧化硅(Fuji Silysia chemical Ltd.制造、商品名“SYLOPHOBIC 100”、重量平均粒径:2.6μm)14重量份,使固化处理后的厚度为7.0μm,除此之外通过与制造例1同样的方法在TAC薄膜的单面形成光扩散元件,得到防眩光性薄膜2。防眩光性薄膜2的雾度值为11%。防眩光性薄膜2的防眩光层的θa(°)为1.43。As light-diffusing fine particles, 14 parts by weight of amorphous silica (manufactured by Fuji Silysia Chemical Ltd., trade name "SYLOPHOBIC 100", weight average particle diameter: 2.6 μm) was added to make the thickness after curing treatment 7.0 μm, except In addition, the light-diffusion element was formed in the single surface of a TAC film by the method similar to manufacture example 1, and the anti-glare film 2 was obtained. The haze value of the anti-glare film 2 was 11%. The θa (°) of the antiglare layer of the antiglare film 2 was 1.43.

制造例3Manufacturing example 3

(防眩光性薄膜的制备)(Preparation of anti-glare film)

作为防眩光层形成材料中包含的树脂,准备紫外线固化型氨基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯树脂(DIC株式会社制造、商品名“UNIDIC 17-806”、固体成分80%)100重量份。相对于前述树脂的树脂固体成分100重量份,作为防眩光层形成颗粒,混合无定形二氧化硅(FujiSilysia chemical Ltd.制造、商品名“SYLOPHOBIC 702”)7重量份、无定形二氧化硅(FujiSilysia chemical Ltd.制造、商品名“SYLOPHOBIC 100”)6.5重量份、光聚合引发剂(BASF公司制造、商品名“OMNIRAD184”)5重量份、流平剂(DIC株式会社制造、商品名“MEGAFAC F-556”)0.5重量份。用甲苯将该混合物稀释至固体成分浓度为30%,制备防眩光层形成材料(涂覆液)。As resin contained in the anti-glare layer forming material, 100 parts by weight of ultraviolet curable urethane acrylate resin (manufactured by DIC Corporation, brand name "UNIDIC 17-806", solid content 80%) was prepared. With respect to 100 parts by weight of the resin solid content of the aforementioned resin, 7 parts by weight of amorphous silica (manufactured by FujiSilysia chemical Ltd., trade name "SYLOPHOBIC 702"), amorphous silica (FujiSilysia Chemical Ltd., product name "SYLOPHOBIC 100") 6.5 parts by weight, photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by BASF Corporation, product name "OMNIRAD184") 5 parts by weight, leveling agent (manufactured by DIC Corporation, product name "MEGAFAC F- 556") 0.5 parts by weight. This mixture was diluted with toluene to a solid content concentration of 30%, to prepare an anti-glare layer forming material (coating liquid).

作为透光性基材,准备透明塑料薄膜基材(TAC薄膜、富士薄膜株式会社制造、商品名“TD80UL”、厚度:80μm)。使用棒涂布机在前述透明塑料薄膜基材的单面将前述防眩光层形成材料(涂覆液)形成涂膜。然后,将形成有该涂膜的透明塑料薄膜基材输送至干燥工序。在干燥工序中,通过在110℃下加热1分钟来干燥前述涂膜。然后,用高压汞灯照射累积光量300mJ/cm2的紫外线,对前述涂膜进行固化处理,形成厚度5.0μm的防眩光层,得到防眩光性薄膜3。防眩光性薄膜3的防眩光层的θa(°)为3.5。As a translucent base material, a transparent plastic film base material (TAC film, manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd., trade name "TD80UL", thickness: 80 μm) was prepared. The aforementioned anti-glare layer forming material (coating solution) was formed into a coating film on one side of the aforementioned transparent plastic film substrate using a bar coater. Then, the transparent plastic film base material on which this coating film was formed is sent to a drying process. In a drying process, the said coating film was dried by heating at 110 degreeC for 1 minute. Then, ultraviolet rays with a cumulative light intensity of 300 mJ/cm 2 were irradiated with a high-pressure mercury lamp to cure the coating film to form an anti-glare layer with a thickness of 5.0 μm, thereby obtaining an anti-glare film 3 . The θa (°) of the antiglare layer of the antiglare film 3 was 3.5.

制造例4Manufacturing Example 4

(防眩光性薄膜的制备)(Preparation of anti-glare film)

作为防眩光层形成颗粒,添加无定形二氧化硅(Fuji Silysia chemical Ltd.制造、商品名“SYLOPHOBIC 702”)6.5重量份、无定形二氧化硅(Fuji Silysia chemical Ltd.制造、商品名“SYLOPHOBIC 200”)6.5重量份,增粘剂(Co-op Chemical Co.,Ltd.制造、商品名“LUCENTITE SAN”)2.5重量份,使固化处理后的厚度为8.0μm,除此之外按与制造例3同样的方法得到防眩光性薄膜4。防眩光性薄膜4的防眩光层的θa(°)为2.3。As anti-glare layer forming particles, 6.5 parts by weight of amorphous silica (manufactured by Fuji Silysia chemical Ltd., trade name "SYLOPHOBIC 702"), amorphous silica (manufactured by Fuji Silysia chemical Ltd., trade name "SYLOPHOBIC 200") were added. ") 6.5 parts by weight, tackifier (manufactured by Co-op Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "LUCENTITE SAN") 2.5 parts by weight, so that the thickness after curing treatment is 8.0 μm, except that as in the production example 3 The anti-glare film 4 was obtained by the same method. The θa (°) of the antiglare layer of the antiglare film 4 was 2.3.

制造例5Manufacturing Example 5

(预聚物的制备)(prepolymer preparation)

向具备温度计、搅拌器、回流冷凝管和氮气导入管的可拆式烧瓶中投入丙烯酸丁酯(BA)67重量份、丙烯酸环己酯(CHA、大阪有机化学工业株式会社制造、商品名“Viscoat#155”)14重量份、丙烯酸4-羟丁酯(4-HBA)19重量份、光聚合引发剂(BASF公司制造、商品名“IRGACURE 184”)0.09重量份以及光聚合引发剂(BASF公司制造、商品名“IRGACURE 651”)0.09重量份后,通入氮气,边搅拌边进行约1小时的氮气置换。然后,以5mW/cm2照射UVA进行聚合,将反应率为调节5~15%,得到丙烯酸类预聚物溶液。67 parts by weight of butyl acrylate (BA), cyclohexyl acrylate (CHA, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name "Viscoat #155") 14 parts by weight, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4-HBA) 19 parts by weight, photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by BASF Corporation, trade name "IRGACURE 184") 0.09 parts by weight, and photopolymerization initiator (BASF Corporation Manufactured, trade name "IRGACURE 651") 0.09 parts by weight, nitrogen gas was blown in, and nitrogen replacement was performed for about 1 hour while stirring. Then, UVA was irradiated at 5 mW/cm 2 to carry out polymerization, and the reaction rate was adjusted to 5 to 15%, to obtain an acrylic prepolymer solution.

制造例6Manufacturing example 6

(黑色粘合剂组合物的制备)(Preparation of black adhesive composition)

向制造例5中得到的丙烯酸类预聚物溶液(使预聚物总量为100重量份)中加入丙烯酸2-羟乙酯(HEA)9重量份、丙烯酸4-羟丁酯(4-HBA)8重量份、作为多官能单体的二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(新中村化学工业株式会社制造、商品名“KAYARAD DPHA”)0.02重量份、作为硅烷偶联剂的3-环氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基硅烷0.35重量份以及光聚合引发剂(BASF公司制造、商品名“IRGACURE 651”)0.3重量份,制备光聚合性粘合剂组合物溶液。Add 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) 9 weight parts, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4-HBA ) 8 parts by weight, 0.02 parts by weight of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name "KAYARAD DPHA") as a polyfunctional monomer, 3-glycidoxypropane as a silane coupling agent A photopolymerizable adhesive composition solution was prepared using 0.35 parts by weight of trimethoxysilane and 0.3 parts by weight of a photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by BASF Corporation, trade name "IRGACURE 651").

向上述得到的光聚合性粘合剂组合物溶液100重量份中加入光聚合引发剂(BASF公司制造、商品名“IRGACURE 651”)0.2重量份和黑色颜料分散液(株式会社TOKUSHIKICO.,Ltd.制造、商品名“TOKUSHIKI 9050Black”)4重量份,制备光聚合性的黑色粘合剂组合物溶液。To 100 parts by weight of the photopolymerizable adhesive composition solution obtained above, 0.2 parts by weight of a photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by BASF Corporation, trade name "IRGACURE 651") and a black pigment dispersion (TOKUSHIKICO., Ltd. Manufactured, trade name "TOKUSHIKI 9050 Black") 4 parts by weight to prepare a photopolymerizable black adhesive composition solution.

制造例7Manufacturing example 7

(粘合剂组合物的制备)(Preparation of Adhesive Composition)

向制造例5中得到的丙烯酸类预聚物溶液(使预聚物总量为100重量份)中加入丙烯酸2-羟乙酯(HEA)9重量份、丙烯酸4-羟丁酯(4-HBA)8重量份、作为多官能单体的二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(新中村化学工业株式会社制造、商品名“KAYARAD DPHA”)0.12重量份以及作为硅烷偶联剂的3-环氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基硅烷0.35重量份,制备光聚合性的粘合剂组合物溶液。Add 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) 9 weight parts, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4-HBA ) 8 parts by weight, 0.12 parts by weight of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name "KAYARAD DPHA") as a polyfunctional monomer, and 3-glycidoxypropane as a silane coupling agent 0.35 parts by weight of trimethoxysilane to prepare a photopolymerizable adhesive composition solution.

制造例8Manufacturing example 8

(粘合片的制备)(Preparation of Adhesive Sheet)

在聚酯薄膜的单面为剥离面的厚度38μm的剥离薄膜R1(三菱树脂株式会社制造、商品名“MRF#38”)的剥离面,以固化后的厚度为100μm的方式涂布制造例6中制备的黑色粘合剂组合物溶液,覆盖聚酯薄膜的单面为剥离面的剥离薄膜R2(三菱树脂株式会社制造、MRE#38)来阻隔空气。从该层叠体的单侧,使用黑光灯(东芝株式会社制造、商品名“FL15BL”)以照度5mW/cm2、累积光量1300mJ/cm2的条件照射紫外线。由此,以无基材粘合片的形态得到作为上述黑色粘合剂组合物的固化物的光交联性粘合剂被上述剥离薄膜R1、R2夹持的厚度100μm的粘合片1。Production example 6 was coated on the release surface of a release film R1 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Corporation, trade name "MRF#38") with a thickness of 38 μm (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Corporation, trade name "MRF#38"), one side of which was the release surface, so that the thickness after curing was 100 μm. The black adhesive composition solution prepared in , was covered with release film R2 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Corporation, MRE#38) with one side of the polyester film as the release surface to block air. Ultraviolet rays were irradiated from one side of the laminated body using a black light lamp (manufactured by Toshiba Corporation, trade name "FL15BL") under conditions of an illuminance of 5 mW/cm 2 and a cumulative light intensity of 1300 mJ/cm 2 . Thus, a 100-μm-thick PSA sheet 1 in which the photocrosslinkable adhesive, which is a cured product of the black PSA composition, was sandwiched between the release films R1 and R2 was obtained in the form of a substrate-less PSA sheet.

需要说明的是,上述黑光灯的照度的值为基于峰值灵敏度波长约350nm的工业用UV检测器(TOPCON CORPORATION制造、商品名:UVR-T1、受光部型号UD-T36)的测定值。In addition, the value of the illuminance of the said black light lamp is the measured value based on the industrial UV detector (manufactured by TOPCON CORPORATION, trade name: UVR-T1, light-receiving part model UD-T36) with a peak sensitivity wavelength of about 350 nm.

制造例9Manufacturing example 9

(粘合片的制备)(Preparation of Adhesive Sheet)

以固化后的厚度为50μm的方式进行涂布,除此之外与制造例8同样进行,以无基材粘合片的形态得到作为黑色粘合剂组合物的固化物的光交联性粘合剂被剥离薄膜R1、R2夹持的厚度50μm的粘合片2。Coating was carried out in such a manner that the thickness after curing was 50 μm, and in the same manner as in Production Example 8, a photocrosslinkable adhesive that was a cured product of a black adhesive composition was obtained in the form of a substrate-free adhesive sheet. PSA sheet 2 having a thickness of 50 μm sandwiched between release films R1 and R2.

制造例10Manufacturing example 10

(粘合片的制备)(Preparation of Adhesive Sheet)

使用制造例7中制备的粘合剂组合物溶液,除此之外与制造例8同样进行,以无基材粘合片的形态得到作为粘合剂组合物的固化物光交联性粘合剂被剥离薄膜R1、R2夹持的厚度50μm的粘合片3。Except using the adhesive composition solution prepared in Production Example 7, proceed in the same manner as in Production Example 8 to obtain a cured product of the adhesive composition as a photocrosslinkable adhesive sheet in the form of a substrate-less adhesive sheet. An adhesive sheet 3 having a thickness of 50 μm sandwiched between release films R1 and R2.

实施例1~4Embodiment 1-4

(光学层叠体的制备)(Preparation of Optical Laminate)

将自制造例8中得到的粘合片1剥离一侧的剥离薄膜而露出的粘合面贴合在制造例1~4中得到的防眩光性薄膜1~4的未形成防眩光层的面,分别得到由防眩光性薄膜1~4/粘合片1/剥离薄膜构成的光学层叠体。The adhesive surface exposed by peeling off the release film on one side from the adhesive sheet 1 obtained in Production Example 8 was bonded to the surfaces of the antiglare films 1 to 4 obtained in Production Examples 1 to 4 on which the antiglare layer was not formed. , and optical laminates composed of antiglare films 1 to 4/adhesive sheet 1/release film were respectively obtained.

实施例5~8Embodiment 5-8

(光学层叠体的制备)(Preparation of Optical Laminate)

使用制造例9中得到的粘合片2,除此之外与实施例1~4同样进行,分别得到由防眩光性薄膜1~4/粘合片2/剥离薄膜构成的光学层叠体。Except using the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 2 obtained in manufacture example 9, it carried out similarly to Examples 1-4, and obtained the optical laminated body which consists of anti-glare film 1-4/pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 2/release film, respectively.

比较例1~4Comparative example 1-4

(光学层叠体的制备)(Preparation of Optical Laminate)

使用制造例10中得到的粘合片3,除此之外与实施例1~4同样进行,分别得到由防眩光性薄膜1~4/粘合片3/剥离薄膜构成的光学层叠体。Except using the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 3 obtained in manufacture example 10, it carried out similarly to Examples 1-4, and obtained the optical laminated body which consists of anti-glare film 1-4 / pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 3 / release film, respectively.

比较例5Comparative Example 5

(光学层叠体的制备)(Preparation of Optical Laminate)

代替防眩光性薄膜,使用TAC薄膜(柯尼卡美能达公司制造、商品名“KC4UY”),除此之外与实施例1~4同样进行,得到由TAC薄膜/粘合片1/剥离薄膜构成的光学层叠体。Instead of the anti-glare film, a TAC film (manufactured by Konica Minolta, trade name "KC4UY") was used, except that it was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 4, to obtain a TAC film/adhesive sheet 1/peeling film constituted optical laminates.

比较例6Comparative example 6

(光学层叠体的制备)(Preparation of Optical Laminate)

代替防眩光性薄膜,使用TAC薄膜(柯尼卡美能达公司制造、商品名“KC4UY”),除此之外与实施例5~8同样进行,得到由TAC薄膜/粘合片2/剥离薄膜构成的光学层叠体。Instead of the anti-glare film, a TAC film (manufactured by Konica Minolta, trade name "KC4UY") was used, except that it was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 5 to 8, to obtain TAC film/adhesive sheet 2/peeling film constituted optical laminates.

比较例7Comparative Example 7

(光学层叠体的制备)(Preparation of Optical Laminate)

代替防眩光性薄膜,使用TAC薄膜(柯尼卡美能达公司制造、商品名“KC4UY”),除此之外与比较例1~4同样进行,得到由TAC薄膜/粘合片3/剥离薄膜构成的光学层叠体。Instead of the anti-glare film, a TAC film (manufactured by Konica Minolta, trade name "KC4UY") was used, except that it was carried out in the same manner as in Comparative Examples 1 to 4, to obtain TAC film/adhesive sheet 3/peeling film constituted optical laminates.

(评价)(Evaluation)

使用上述实施例和比较例中得到的光学层叠体,测定透过率、反射率及光泽度。以下示出测定的方法。测定的结果示于表1。The transmittance, reflectance, and glossiness were measured using the optical laminates obtained in the above Examples and Comparative Examples. The measurement method is shown below. The results of the measurement are shown in Table 1.

(1)透过率(1) Transmittance

将上述实施例和比较例中得到的光学层叠体的剥离薄膜剥离,以光从防眩光性薄膜/TAC薄膜侧入射的方式设置于分光光度计U4100(Hitachi High-TechnologiesCorporation制造),测定可见光区域的透过率(%)。该透过率为利用JIS Z 8701的2度视场(C光源)测定并进行了视感度校正的Y值。The release film of the optical laminate obtained in the above-mentioned Examples and Comparative Examples was peeled off, and the light was set in a spectrophotometer U4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) so that light was incident from the anti-glare film/TAC film side, and the optical density in the visible light region was measured. Transmittance (%). The transmittance is a Y value measured with a 2-degree field of view (C light source) in accordance with JIS Z 8701 and corrected for visual sensitivity.

(2)反射率/光泽度(2) Reflectance/Gloss

制作在黑色的亚克力板上粘贴层叠铝箔而得的板。将剥离上述实施例和比较例中得到的光学层叠体的剥离薄膜而露出的粘合面层叠在上述板的铝箔侧,制成样品。将所得样品以防眩光性薄膜/TAC薄膜位于光源侧的方式设置于分光光度计U4100(Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation制造),测定5°正反射的可见光区域的反射率(%)。此外,利用JIS Z 8741-1997中规定的方法,将所得样品以防眩光性薄膜/TAC薄膜位于光源侧的方式设置于光泽度计(株式会社村上色彩科学研究所制造、商品名“GM-26PRO”),测定光泽度(%)。A board made of laminated aluminum foil on a black acrylic board. The exposed adhesive surface was laminated on the aluminum foil side of the above-mentioned plate to prepare a sample by peeling off the release film of the optical laminate obtained in the above-mentioned Examples and Comparative Examples. The obtained sample was set in a spectrophotometer U4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) so that the anti-glare film/TAC film was positioned on the light source side, and the reflectance (%) in the visible region of 5° regular reflection was measured. In addition, the obtained sample was set in a gloss meter (manufactured by Murakami Color Science Research Institute Co., Ltd., trade name "GM-26PRO") with the anti-glare film/TAC film on the light source side by the method specified in JIS Z 8741-1997. ”) to measure the gloss (%).

[表1][Table 1]

(表1)(Table 1)

Figure BDA0003871203040000581
Figure BDA0003871203040000581

以下附记本发明的各种变形。Various modifications of the present invention are appended below.

[附记1]一种光学层叠体,所述光学层叠体包括基材、以及包含着色剂的粘合剂层,[Appendix 1] An optical laminate comprising a substrate and an adhesive layer containing a colorant,

前述基材的单面进行了防反射处理和/或防眩光处理,Anti-reflection treatment and/or anti-glare treatment are carried out on one side of the aforementioned substrate,

在前述基材的未进行前述防反射处理和/或防眩光处理的一侧的面上层叠有前述粘合剂层。The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the surface of the base material that is not subjected to the anti-reflection treatment and/or anti-glare treatment.

[附记2]根据附记1所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述粘合剂层为由含有聚合物、光聚合性化合物、光聚合引发剂以及着色剂的光固化性粘合剂组合物形成的粘合剂层。[Appendix 2] The optical laminate according to Appendix 1, wherein the adhesive layer is composed of a photocurable adhesive composition containing a polymer, a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a colorant. formed adhesive layer.

[附记3]根据附记2所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述着色剂的波长330~400nm的透过率的最大值大于波长400~700nm的透过率的最大值。[Additional note 3] The optical layered body according to additional note 2, wherein the colorant has a maximum value of transmittance at a wavelength of 330 to 400 nm larger than a maximum value of transmittance at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm.

[附记4]根据附记2或3所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述光聚合引发剂在波长330~400nm的范围具有至少1个最大吸收。[Supplementary Note 4] The optical laminate according to Supplementary Note 2 or 3, wherein the photopolymerization initiator has at least one maximum absorption in a wavelength range of 330 to 400 nm.

[附记5]根据附记2~4中的任一项所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述聚合物为丙烯酸类聚合物。[Supplementary Note 5] The optical laminate according to any one of Supplementary Notes 2 to 4, wherein the polymer is an acrylic polymer.

[附记6]根据附记2~5中的任一项所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述聚合物的玻璃化转变温度为0℃以下。[Supplementary Note 6] The optical laminate according to any one of Supplementary Notes 2 to 5, wherein the polymer has a glass transition temperature of 0° C. or lower.

[附记7]根据附记2~6中的任一项所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述光固化性粘合剂组合物进一步包含能够与前述聚合物交联的交联剂。[Appendix 7] The optical laminate according to any one of Appendices 2 to 6, wherein the photocurable adhesive composition further contains a crosslinking agent capable of crosslinking the polymer.

[附记8]根据附记1~7中的任一项所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述光学层叠体在350nm~450nm具有透过率的极大值。[Supplementary Note 8] The optical laminated body according to any one of Supplementary Notes 1 to 7, wherein the optical laminated body has a maximum value of transmittance at 350 nm to 450 nm.

[附记9]根据附记1~8中的任一项所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述粘合剂层的总透光率为80%以下。[Additional Note 9] The optical laminate according to any one of Additional Notes 1 to 8, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a total light transmittance of 80% or less.

[附记10]根据附记1~9中的任一项所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述粘合剂层的厚度为10~500μm。[Additional Note 10] The optical laminate according to any one of Additional Notes 1 to 9, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 10 to 500 μm.

[附记11]根据附记1~10中的任一项所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述粘合剂层在温度25℃下的剪切储能模量为10~1000kPa。[Supplementary Note 11] The optical laminate according to any one of Supplementary Notes 1 to 10, wherein the shear storage modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer at a temperature of 25° C. is 10 to 1000 kPa.

[附记12]根据附记1~11中的任一项所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述粘合剂层在温度85℃下的剪切储能模量为3~300kPa。[Supplementary Note 12] The optical laminate according to any one of Supplementary Notes 1 to 11, wherein the shear storage modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer at a temperature of 85° C. is 3 to 300 kPa.

[附记13]根据附记1~12中的任一项所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述防眩光处理为在前述基材的单面设置的防眩光层。[Supplementary Note 13] The optical laminate according to any one of Supplementary Notes 1 to 12, wherein the anti-glare treatment is an anti-glare layer provided on one surface of the substrate.

[附记14]根据附记13所述的光学层叠体,其中,前述防眩光层使用包含树脂、颗粒及触变赋予剂的防眩光层形成材料来形成,[Additional Note 14] The optical laminate according to Additional Note 13, wherein the antiglare layer is formed using an antiglare layer forming material containing a resin, particles, and a thixotropic imparting agent,

前述防眩光层通过前述颗粒及前述触变赋予剂发生聚集,从而在前述防眩光层的表面具有形成凸状部的聚集部。The anti-glare layer is aggregated by the particles and the thixotropy-imparting agent, and has an aggregated portion forming a convex portion on the surface of the anti-glare layer.

[附记15]根据附记14所述的光学层叠体,其中,在前述防眩光层表面的凸状部,平均倾角θa(°)在0.1~5.0的范围。[Supplementary Note 15] The optical laminate according to Supplementary Note 14, wherein the convex portion on the surface of the anti-glare layer has an average inclination angle θa (°) in the range of 0.1 to 5.0.

[附记16]附记1~15中的任一项所述的光学层叠体,其进一步在前述基材的进行了防反射处理和/或防眩光处理的面层叠有表面保护薄膜。[Supplementary Note 16] The optical laminate according to any one of Supplementary Notes 1 to 15, wherein a surface protection film is further laminated on the surface of the base material subjected to antireflection treatment and/or antiglare treatment.

[附记17]一种自发光型显示装置,所述自发光型显示装置包括:[Appendix 17] A self-illuminating display device, the self-illuminating display device comprising:

在基板的单面排列有多个发光元件的显示面板、以及a display panel in which a plurality of light emitting elements are arranged on one side of a substrate; and

附记1~16中的任一项所述的光学层叠体,The optical laminate according to any one of Supplements 1 to 16,

前述显示面板的排列有发光元件的面与前述光学层叠体的粘合剂层层叠。The surface of the display panel on which the light-emitting elements are arranged is laminated with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the optical laminate.

[附记18]根据附记17所述的自发光型显示装置,其中,前述显示面板为在基板的单面排列有多个LED芯片的LED面板。[Supplementary note 18] The self-luminous display device according to supplementary note 17, wherein the display panel is an LED panel in which a plurality of LED chips are arranged on one side of a substrate.

产业上的可利用性Industrial availability

本发明的光学用粘合剂组合物及光学层叠体适于封装Mini/Micro LED等自发光型显示装置的发光元件。The optical adhesive composition and optical laminate of the present invention are suitable for encapsulation of light-emitting elements of self-luminous display devices such as Mini/Micro LEDs.

附图标记说明Explanation of reference signs

10、11 光学层叠体10, 11 Optical laminates

1 基材1 substrate

2 粘合剂层2 adhesive layers

3 防反射处理和/或防眩光处理3 Anti-reflection and/or anti-glare treatment

3a 防眩光层3a Anti-glare layer

20、21 自发光型显示装置(Mini/Micro LED显示装置)20, 21 Self-luminous display device (Mini/Micro LED display device)

4 基板4 Substrate

5 金属布线层5 metal wiring layers

6 发光元件(LED芯片)6 Light-emitting elements (LED chips)

Claims (18)

1. An optical laminate comprising a substrate and an adhesive layer comprising a colorant,
one side of the substrate is subjected to anti-reflection treatment and/or anti-glare treatment,
the adhesive layer is laminated on the surface of the substrate on the side not subjected to the antireflection treatment and/or the antiglare treatment.
2. The optical laminate according to claim 1, wherein the adhesive layer is an adhesive layer formed from a photocurable adhesive composition containing a polymer, a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a colorant.
3. The optical laminate according to claim 2, wherein the maximum value of the transmittance at a wavelength of 330 to 400nm of said colorant is greater than the maximum value of the transmittance at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm.
4. The optical laminate according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the photopolymerization initiator has at least 1 absorption maximum in a wavelength range of 330 to 400 nm.
5. The optical stack according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the polymer is an acrylic polymer.
6. The optical laminate according to any one of claims 2 to 5, wherein the glass transition temperature of the polymer is 0 ℃ or lower.
7. The optical laminate according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein said photocurable adhesive composition further comprises a crosslinking agent capable of crosslinking with said polymer.
8. The optical stack of any of claims 1-7, wherein the optical stack has a maximum in transmittance between 350nm and 450 nm.
9. The optical stack according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the adhesive layer has a total light transmittance of 80% or less.
10. The optical stack according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the adhesive layer has a thickness of 10 to 500 μm.
11. The optical laminate of any one of claims 1-10, wherein the adhesive layer has a shear storage modulus of 10 to 1000kPa at a temperature of 25 ℃.
12. The optical laminate of any one of claims 1-11, wherein the adhesive layer has a shear storage modulus at a temperature of 85 ℃ of 3 to 300kPa.
13. The optical stack according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the anti-glare treatment is an anti-glare layer provided on one side of the substrate.
14. The optical laminate according to claim 13, wherein the antiglare layer is formed using an antiglare layer-forming material comprising a resin, particles, and a thixotropy-imparting agent,
the antiglare layer has an aggregate portion on the surface thereof, which forms a convex portion, by aggregating the particles and the thixotropic agent.
15. The optical laminate according to claim 14, wherein the average inclination angle θ a (°) at the convex portion of the surface of the antiglare layer is in the range of 0.1 to 5.0.
16. The optical laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 15, further comprising a surface protective film laminated on the antireflection-treated and/or antiglare-treated surface of the substrate.
17. A self-luminous display device includes;
display panel having a plurality of light-emitting elements arranged on one surface of substrate, and
the optical stack of any one of claims 1-16,
the surface of the display panel on which the light-emitting elements are arranged is laminated with the adhesive layer of the optical laminate.
18. The self-luminous display device according to claim 17, wherein the display panel is an LED panel in which a plurality of LED chips are arranged on one surface of a substrate.
CN202180025907.1A 2020-03-31 2021-03-26 Optical laminate Active CN115362234B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020064490A JP7387522B2 (en) 2020-03-31 2020-03-31 optical laminate
JP2020-064490 2020-03-31
PCT/JP2021/013066 WO2021200733A1 (en) 2020-03-31 2021-03-26 Optical multilayer product

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN115362234A true CN115362234A (en) 2022-11-18
CN115362234B CN115362234B (en) 2025-01-03

Family

ID=77930054

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN202180025907.1A Active CN115362234B (en) 2020-03-31 2021-03-26 Optical laminate

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7387522B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20220160631A (en)
CN (1) CN115362234B (en)
TW (1) TW202147662A (en)
WO (1) WO2021200733A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7369761B2 (en) 2021-12-24 2023-10-26 日東電工株式会社 Sheet for encapsulating optical semiconductor devices
JP7369760B2 (en) * 2021-12-24 2023-10-26 日東電工株式会社 Sheet for encapsulating optical semiconductor devices
JP2023125926A (en) 2022-02-28 2023-09-07 Agc株式会社 Self-luminous display device
JP7289008B1 (en) * 2022-03-25 2023-06-08 日東電工株式会社 ADHESIVE LAYER, LAMINATED SHEET, ADHESIVE COMPOSITION, AND OPTICAL SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
CN116031351B (en) 2022-03-25 2024-03-08 日东电工株式会社 Optical semiconductor element sealing sheet and display body
JP2024030886A (en) * 2022-08-25 2024-03-07 日東電工株式会社 Curable composition and composite material

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000265133A (en) * 1999-03-11 2000-09-26 Tomoegawa Paper Co Ltd Adhesive film for electronic display
WO2004035665A1 (en) * 2002-10-17 2004-04-29 Bridgestone Corporation Film and pressure-sensitive adhesive for use therein
JP2004294601A (en) * 2003-03-26 2004-10-21 Nitto Denko Corp Anti-reflection film, optical element, and image display device
JP2008503639A (en) * 2005-01-19 2008-02-07 エルジー・ケム・リミテッド Filter for plasma display panel having excellent removability and plasma display panel including the same
JP2008070708A (en) * 2006-09-15 2008-03-27 Bridgestone Corp Antireflection / near infrared ray shielding filter, optical filter for plasma display panel using the same and plasma display panel
JP2013033240A (en) * 2011-06-29 2013-02-14 Nitto Denko Corp Antiglare film, polarizing plate, image display apparatus and process for manufacturing antiglare film
JP2013228720A (en) * 2012-03-30 2013-11-07 Fujifilm Corp Antiglare film, method for producing the same, polarizing plate and image display device
WO2014069542A1 (en) * 2012-10-30 2014-05-08 旭硝子株式会社 Laminated body and display device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10219136A (en) * 1997-02-10 1998-08-18 Nitto Denko Corp Glareproofing agent, glareproof film, and production thereof
KR102010759B1 (en) 2016-03-08 2019-08-14 주식회사 엘지화학 Display device
JP2017203810A (en) 2016-05-09 2017-11-16 日本化薬株式会社 Light absorption layer contained in color filter for organic electroluminescence display and sheet using the same
JP7067269B6 (en) 2018-05-24 2023-12-20 大日本印刷株式会社 Self-luminous display

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000265133A (en) * 1999-03-11 2000-09-26 Tomoegawa Paper Co Ltd Adhesive film for electronic display
WO2004035665A1 (en) * 2002-10-17 2004-04-29 Bridgestone Corporation Film and pressure-sensitive adhesive for use therein
JP2004294601A (en) * 2003-03-26 2004-10-21 Nitto Denko Corp Anti-reflection film, optical element, and image display device
JP2008503639A (en) * 2005-01-19 2008-02-07 エルジー・ケム・リミテッド Filter for plasma display panel having excellent removability and plasma display panel including the same
JP2008070708A (en) * 2006-09-15 2008-03-27 Bridgestone Corp Antireflection / near infrared ray shielding filter, optical filter for plasma display panel using the same and plasma display panel
JP2013033240A (en) * 2011-06-29 2013-02-14 Nitto Denko Corp Antiglare film, polarizing plate, image display apparatus and process for manufacturing antiglare film
JP2013228720A (en) * 2012-03-30 2013-11-07 Fujifilm Corp Antiglare film, method for producing the same, polarizing plate and image display device
WO2014069542A1 (en) * 2012-10-30 2014-05-08 旭硝子株式会社 Laminated body and display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202147662A (en) 2021-12-16
JP2021160242A (en) 2021-10-11
WO2021200733A1 (en) 2021-10-07
JP7387522B2 (en) 2023-11-28
CN115362234B (en) 2025-01-03
KR20220160631A (en) 2022-12-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN115362234A (en) optical stack
JP7526020B2 (en) Optical laminate
JP7478574B2 (en) Optical laminate
CN116249620B (en) Optical semiconductor element sealing sheet
CN115349000A (en) Adhesive composition for optical use and optical laminate
JP7634043B2 (en) Optical laminate
WO2024070715A1 (en) Adhesive sheet and laminate
TW202315167A (en) Optical-semiconductor-device sealing sheet
JP2023024316A (en) Optical semiconductor device sealing sheet
CN117882203A (en) Optical semiconductor element sealing sheet
JP2022117421A (en) optical adhesive tape

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
GR01 Patent grant
GR01 Patent grant